资源简介

人教版八下英语 Unit 1 What_s the matter A 基础
一、单项选择（共15小题；共30分）
1. —I have a _____.
—Maybe you should see a dentist.
A.cold B.fever C.toothache
2. —What's _____ matter, Nancy
—I have _____ sore throat.
A.the; the B.the; a C./; a
3. To the teacher's _____, the best student didn't pass the English test again.
A.satisfaction B.excitement C.surprise D.development
4. _____ the kind-hearted lady, the homeless boy has a new family.
A.Thanks to B.Thank to C.Thanks for D.Thank for
5. I have a headache and I can't move my neck. Should I take _____ temperature
A.his B.her C.my D.your
6. Mr Smith _____ a cold. His sisters _____ colds, too. They shouldn't exercise.
A.has; has B.have; have C.have; has D.has; have
7. —I wonder if Sally _____ us prepare for the party.
—I'm sure she will if she _____ time.
A.helps; will have B.will help; has
C.will help; will have D.helps; has
8. —I have _____ bad stomachache, Mr. Wang.
—I'm afraid you have to get _____ X-ray.
A.a; a B.a; an C.the; a
9. Nobody teaches Mary English. She teaches _____.
A.her B.herself C.she
10. Hua Chenyu is popular with the young people now, so I have trouble _____ the ticket for his concert.
A.get B.to get C.getting D.got
11. Nancy took her temperature and found she had a _____.
A.cough B.toothache C.cold D.fever
12. Lin Hui fell down from the second floor yesterday; now it _____ when he tries to move his left leg.
A.gets B.hurts C.falls D.breaks
13. I took the subway and _____ at the Downtown Station.
A.got through B.got over C.got on D.got off
14. —Why are you still _____ in bed, dear
—Because I'm angry now. One of my students _____ again. He didn't tell the truth.
A.lied; lying B.lying; lies C.lie; lying D.lying; lied
15. —What do you think of TED Talks
—I think it's _____, but someone thinks it's _____ boring.
A.wonderful enough; much too B.enough wonderful; too many
C.wonderful enough; too much
二、阅读理解-阅读回答问题（共1小题；共10分）
Today we find that most middle school students have little time to play sports. Is it because they have no interest in sports It may not be the fact.
They often say they have other more important things (1) _____ (do). What are these important things Exams! They usually (2) _____ over ten hours a day studying for exams. So many of them almost become bookworms. In the summer holidays they could hardly do anything they like. Books stop them from going in for sports. (3) _____ (因为) stress from their parents and teachers, they have to work (4) _____ (更加努力).
As for the students themselves, they want to get good results so that they can go further for their studies. (5) They don't have to put all their time into studying and give up (放弃) all the sports and hobbies. In fact, education cannot go without physical exercise, because a quick mind hardly goes along with a weak (虚弱的) body.
All the students should remember: If you don't have a strong body, you can never achieve (获得) anything, let alone (更不要说) a great success in your life.
16. 在（1）处填入括号内单词的适当形式；在（2）处根据句意填入适当的动词。
（1）_____（2）_____
17. 在（3）（4）两处根据汉语意思写出适当的单词或短语。
（3）_____（4）_____
18. 将（5）处句子译成中文_____
19. 从文章中找出与下句意思相近的句子：
As a matter of fact, physical exercise is good for education, and a strong body can help us learn more quickly.
_____
20. 根据作者观点判断下面句子正误。正确写 T，错误写 F。
(1) ( )It's the most important to get good grades.
(2) ( )We should spend some time exercising and developing our own hobbies.
三、句子填空（共16小题；共50分）
21. There is something wrong with his s_____, so he doesn't want to eat anything now.
22. She got into t_____ and needed help. So she asked the teacher for help.
23. Look! There is a ring around the dog's _____ (脖子).
24. My mother asked us to stop walking to _____ (休息) for a while.
25. My mother had a _____ (咳嗽) and I took her to hospital.
26. I think Lin Fei can do kung fu by h_____ now because she practices it every day.
27. The soldiers in Jiangxi are too tired; some of them l_____ on the ground and rest.
28. —I have a t_____ and I can't eat any food.
—Maybe you should see a dentist.
29. I think you should take your _____ (体温) first.
30. I don't feel well. I have a _____ (头痛).
31. Most animals have four _____ (脚).
32. When the old man got on the bus, a _____ (乘客) stood up and offered his seat to him.
33. Lisa had a sore _____ (喉咙) and she needed to drink much water.
34. Suddenly he fell down from the tree and _____ (受伤) his legs. It seemed that he couldn't move.
35. He is in _____ (麻烦). Let's do something to help him out.
must, before, hurt, rule, excite, yellow, teach, right, always, both
Every year thousands of children are hurt or die in the traffic accidents. So it's necessary _____36_____ them some knowledge about traffic safety. Knowing the traffic signals and signs is important. When the signal is red, it means "stop", When the signal is _____37_____, it means "look" and when it's green, it means "go". Look at both sides _____38_____ you cross the road. Make sure that you look at _____39_____ sides and no cars are coming near you. It's _____40_____ better to walk on a sidewalk. If there is no sidewalk, you must walk on the _____41_____ side so that you can see the cars coming towards you. I know how _____42_____ and fun it is to put your hand or head out from a moving car. But this can cause accidents and _____43_____ your body. So you _____44_____ do it. Also make sure you enter the bus and get off the bus when it stops completely. You should never play in a moving bus as it can hurt you. These _____45_____ can keep you safe. You must remember them.
36. _____
37. _____
38. _____
39. _____
40. _____
41. _____
42. _____
43. _____
44. _____
45. _____
四、短文填空（共1小题；共10分）
Mary was ill yesterday. She went to see _____46_____ doctor.
''Doctor, I'm not feeling well at the moment," she said. ''Every time I do my homework at night, I feel tired. If I walk to school every day, I have to sit down and rest _____47_____ ten minutes."
The doctor looked over Mary carefully. At last he said, ''Nothing serious, _____48_____ I'm afraid you are eating too much.''
"I don't understand. What do you mean " asked Mary. ''I mean you eat too much food,'' said the doctor.
''Oh! You mean I'm too fat. That's a problem,'' said Mary. ''What should I do _____49_____ I don't want to be heavy ''
''The answer is easy,'' said the doctor. ''If you want to be thinner and healthier, you _____50_____ eat a lot of food and you should also take more exercise.''
46. _____
47. _____
48. _____
49. _____
50. _____
五、句型运用（共5小题；共10分）
51. The girl is not old enough to dress herself. (改为同义句)
The girl is _____ young _____ she can't dress herself.
52. What's the trouble with you (改为同义句)
_____ the _____ with you
53. I saw a cat lying on the road. (改为一般疑问句)
_____ you _____ a cat lying on the road
54. My foot was hurt, so I stayed at home. (改为复数句)
My _____ _____ hurt, so I stayed at home.
55. My brother didn't answer right now. (改为同义句)
My brother didn't answer _____.
六、完成句子（共10小题；共20分）
56. 出乎我们的意料，她今天早上迟到了。
_____ _____ _____, she was late this morning,
57. 他跌倒了，伤到了膝盖。
He _____ _____ and hurt his knees.
58. 多亏了你的帮助，我考试及格了。
_____ _____ your help, I passed the exam.
59. 昨天晚上你量体温了吗？
Did you _____ _____ _____ last night
60. 昨天晚上我妈妈同意带我去博物馆。
Last night my mother _____ _____ _____ me to the museum.
61. 如果明天下雨，我们会待在家里。
We _____ _____ at home if it _____ tomorrow.
62. 不要期待他给你打电话。他总是发电子邮件。
Don't _____ _____ _____ call you. He always sends emails.
63. 我认为她将要陷入麻烦当中，我们应该伸出援手。
I think she's going to _____ _____ trouble. We should give her a hand.
64. 刚才我看到莉萨正在过马路。
Just now I _____ Lisa _____ across the street.
65. 如果你想保护眼睛，你需要远离电脑休息一下。
If you want to protect your eyes, you need to _____ _____ _____ _____ the computer.
答案
第一部分
1 . C
【解析】
句意：——我牙痛。——也许你应该去看牙医。have a cold“感冒”；have a fever“发烧”；have a toothache“牙痛”。根据答语“Maybe you should see a dentist. 也许你应该看牙医。”可知上句是说“我牙痛”。
2 . B
【解析】
考查冠词的习惯用法。What's the matter 意为“怎么了？”，是固定句型；have a sore throat 是固定短语，意为“咽喉痛”。
3 . C
【解析】
to one's supprise 意为“令某人惊讶的是”，此处要用名词 surprise。
4 . A
【解析】
句意：多亏了这位好心的女士，那个无家可归的男孩有了一个新家。thanks to 意为“多亏”；thanks for 意为“因……而感谢”，强调感谢的原因。
5 . C
【解析】
句意：我头疼，脖子还不能动，我应该量下体温吗？take one's temperature 意为“量体温”，是固定短语，由句子主语 I 可知用形容词性物主代词 my。
6 . D
【解析】
第一句的主语 Mr Smith 是第三人称单数，谓语动词用 has；第二句的主语 His sisters 是复数形式，谓语动词用 have。
7 . B
【解析】
第一个 if 引导宾语从句，根据语境可知，我想知道 Sally 会不会帮我们准备聚会，要用一般将来时；第二个 if 引导条件状语从句，遵循“主将从现”的原则，主句用一般将来时，从句用一般现在时。
8 . B
【解析】
——王先生，我胃痛得厉害。——恐怕你得拍 X 光片。定冠词 the 常用来表特指；不定冠词泛指“一个，一次”等，不定冠词 a 用于以辅音音素开头的单词或字母前，不定冠词 an 用于以元音音素开头的单词或字母前。题中两空都表泛指，bad 以辅音音素开头，其前用不定冠词 a；X-ray 以元音音素开头，其前用不定冠词 an。
9 . B
【解析】
句意：没有人教 Mary 英语。她自学的。根据“Nobody teaches Mary English.”可知 Mary 是自学英语的。teach oneself“自学”。
10 . C
【解析】
have trouble doing sth. 意为“做某事有困难”，是固定用法。故答案选 C。
11 . D
【解析】
句意：南希量了她的体温，发现她发烧了。cough“咳嗽”；toothache“牙痛”；cold“感冒”；fever“发烧”。由“量体温”可知是“发烧”。
12 . B
【解析】
句意：昨天林晖从二楼摔下来了。现在当他试图移动他的左腿时会感到疼痛。hurt 意为“受伤；感到疼痛”，故答案选 B。
13 . D
【解析】
此题考查的是短语辨析。句意：我乘地铁，在市中心车站下车。get through 通过；get over 克服；get on 上车；get off 下车。
因此，正确答案是D。
14 . D
【解析】
句意：——亲爱的，你为什么还在床上躺着？——因为我现在很生气。我的一个学生又说谎了。他没有说出真相。第一空用动词 lie（躺）的现在分词 lying；第二空用 lie（说谎）的过去式 lied。
15 . A
【解析】
句意：——你觉得 TED 演讲怎么样？——我觉得它足够棒，但有人觉得它太无聊了。enough 修饰形容词或副词，应置于形容词或副词后；too many 意为“太多”，后接可数名词的复数形式；too much 意为“太多”，后接不可数名词；much too 意为“太……”，后接形容词或副词。
第二部分
16 . (1) to do; (2) spend
【解析】
（1）句意：他们常说他们有其他更重要的事情要做。此处是动词不定式作定语。
（2）句意：他们通常每天花费十多个小时在备考上。spend…(in) doing sth. 意为“花费……做某事”。
17 . Because of; even harder/ harder
【解析】
（3）后面的 stress from their parents and teachers 不是一个句子。
（4）此处要用副词的比较级。
18 . 他们没有必要把所有时间都投入在学习上而放弃所有的运动和爱好。
19 . In fact, education cannot go without physical exercise, because a quick mind hardly goes along with a weak body.
【解析】
这两个句子表达的是：实际上，体育锻炼是有利于教育的，强壮的身体有助于我们更快地学习。
20 . (1) F; (2) T
【解析】
（1）根据短文内容及最后一段的表述可知作者认为取得好成绩并不是最重要的，体育锻炼也同样重要，故此题表述错误。
（2）由短文内容可知作者认为学生不能一味地学习，在学习的同时可以抽点时间进行体育锻炼和培养自己的业余爱好，故此题表述正确。
第三部分
21 . stomach/ tomach
22 . trouble/ rouble
23 . neck
24 . rest
25 . cough/ ough
26 . herself/ erself
27 . lie/ ie
28 . toothache/ oothache
29 . temperature
30 . headache
31 . feet
32 . passenger
33 . throat
34 . hurt
35 . trouble
36 . to teach
【解析】
句型 It's+adj.(+for sb.)+to do sth. 意为“做某事（对某人来说）是……的”。由语境可知教孩子们一些交通安全知识是有必要的。
37 . yellow
【解析】
根据交通常识可知当黄灯亮时，行人需要等一等。
38 . before
【解析】
句意：在你过马路前要看下路两边。故 before 符合语境。
39 . both
【解析】
句意：确保你看了路的两边并且没有汽车朝你开过来。此处指路的两边。
40 . always
【解析】
句意：走人行道总是更好的。
41 . right
【解析】
句意：如果没有人行道，你一定要在右侧行走，这样你能够看到朝你开过来的汽车。由句意可知走路要靠右走。
42 . exciting
【解析】
根据 and 后面的 fun 可知此处是用形容词。
43 . hurt
【解析】
句意：但是这会导致交通事故，伤到你的身体。hurt 意为“弄伤”。
44 . mustn't
【解析】
由前一句可知，这么危险的事一定不能做。
45 . rules
【解析】
此处指“交通规则会使你们安全”。由 These 可知应用名词复数形式。
第四部分
46 . a
【解析】
see a doctor 意为“看医生”，是固定短语。doctor 是以辅音音素开头的单词，冠词用 a。
47 . for
【解析】
我不得不坐下来休息十分钟。表示长达多长时间要用介词 for。
48 . but
【解析】
根据前面的“不严重”及后面的“我恐怕你吃得太多了”可知前后之间存在转折关系，故用连词 but。
49 . if
【解析】
假如我不想这么重我该怎么办？此处用 if 引导条件状语从句。
50 . shouldn't
【解析】
根据后面的“and you also should take more exercise”可知此处说的是不应该吃很多食物。
第五部分
51 . so, that
52 . What's, matter
53 . Did, see
54 . feet, were
55 . right away/ at once
第六部分
56 . To, our, surprise
【解析】
to one's surprise是固定搭配，意为出乎……的意料，to位于句首首字母需大写。
因此，正确答案是To our surprise。
57 . fell, over/down
【解析】
fall over 跌倒，此处动作发生在过去，时态用一般过去时，因此动词用过去式fell
58 . Thanks, to
【解析】
thanks to是固定搭配，意为多亏。thanks位于句首首字母需大写。
因此，正确答案是Thanks to。
59 . take, your, temperature
60 . agreed, to, take
61 . will, stay, rains
62 . expect, him, to
63 . get, into
64 . saw, walking/ going
65 . take, breaks, away, from
第1页（共1 页）人教版八下英语 Unit2 I_ll help to clean up the ... B基础
一、单项选择（共15小题；共33分）
1. My clock doesn't work. I'm going to _____.
A.fix it up B.fix up it C.cheer it up D.cheer up it
2. You _____ help those people in Shexian of Anhui; their houses were destroyed by the flood in July, 2020.
A.must B.couldn’t C.mustn't D.could
3. After I got off the train, I had to _____ my bag all the way to the hotel.
A.lend B.carry C.sell D.give
4. Our government tries to do everything they can _____ people live a better life.
A.to help B.help C.helping D.helped
5. Many people _____ plenty of money to the people in Hubei to fight COVID-19 (2019 冠状病毒病).
A.gave out B.gave away C.gave up
6. His opinions are similar _____ yours but different _____ Julia's.
A.to; from B.from; with C.as; with
7. —Your sister _____ your mother very much.
—Many people regard them as sisters when they hang out together.
A.cares for B.takes after C.helps out D.believes in
8. —What should we do for the disabled children in the Children's Home
—You're supposed to _____ a study group to help them.
A.take up B.fix up C.set up D.stay up
9. He promised _____ his grandfather next week.
A.see B.seeing C.to see
10. We were _____ about the idea of _____ a party.
A.excite; having B.exciting; having
C.excited; having D.excited; have
11. Thank you for making _____ possible for me to finish my college courses.
A.it B.that C.\ D.it's
12. Linda takes after her father. They are both outgoing. The underlined phrase means .
A.follows sb. quickly B.is similar to
C.looks like
13. The flood of the year 2020 made a big _____ to the Chinese people's life.
A.difference B.decision C.success D.difficulty
14. —China is getting stronger and stronger.
—Yes. So Chinese _____ by more and more foreigners.
A.learn B.learned C.is learned D.was learned
15. —Mr. Liu, I have some difficulty _____ the article.
—Remember _____ it three or four times at least.
A.to understand; reading B.understanding; reading
C.understanding; to read
二、阅读理解-阅读判断（共1小题；共10分）
Students Who Volunteer
Mario Green and Mary Brown from Riverside High School give up several hours each week to help others on weekends.
Mario loves animals and wants to be an animal doctor. He volunteers at an animal hospital every Saturday morning. Mario believes it can help him to get his future dream job. "It's hard work," he says, "but I want to learn more about how to care for animals. I get such a strong feeling of satisfaction when I see the animals get better and the look of joy on their owners' faces."
Mary is a book lover. She could read by herself at the age of four. She dreams to be a writer in the future. Last year, she decided to volunteer for an after-school reading program. She still works there once a week to help kids learn to read. "The kids are sitting in the library, but you can see in their eyes that they're going on a different journey with each new book. Volunteering here is a dream come true for me. I can do what I love to do and help others at the same time."
16. ( )Mario helps at an animal hospital every Saturday morning.
17. ( )Mario loves animals and he wants to be a biology teacher.
18. ( )Mario feels better when he sees the satisfaction on the faces of the animals.
19. ( )Mary became a writer when she was four years old.
20. ( )Mario and Mary are glad to do volunteering things on weekends.
三、句子填空（共11小题；共30分）
21. My brother is c_____ (聪明的) and he can work out all the math problems.
22. The box is too heavy for me. I don't think I can c_____ (搬) it.
23. —My alarm clock doesn't work. Who can help me r_____ (修理) it
—You can ask Tony for help.
24. There's something wrong with his ears. He is a d_____ (聋的) man.
25. I wrote some l_____ (信) to you.
26. Your story doesn't i_____ (使感兴趣) us at all. Please stop telling it.
27. I'm going to find a job in that big city. Nothing c_____ (改变) my mind.
28. I can't i_____ (想象) what the future life is like.
give away, set up, take after, give out, stay up
29. The old man is generous and he is going to _____ all his money to charities.
30. The teacher asked me to _____ the papers to the students. I was glad to help him.
31. Don't _____ too late. If you don't go to bed early, you may feel sleepy the next day.
32. Lily _____ her mother, but she is a little taller than her.
33. They _____ a small company last year.
34. He can't see anything. He is a b_____ (盲的) man.
35. Please o_____ (打开) the window and let the fresh air in.
四、短文填空（共1小题；共10分）
关爱老年人是全社会的责任。手拉手俱乐部志愿者招募活动正在火热进行中。请帮助完成招募广告。每空词数不限。
Welcome to the Hand-in-Hand Club
_____36_____ others can be great! We are a group of happy and helpful children. We like to visit old people and help them. We can cook and clean _____37_____ them. We try our best _____38_____ the old people feel happy.
So come and _____39_____ us. With us you can learn to love, to care about and to help others! Make the world a more friendly family.
We are _____40_____ for you.
E-mail now at hand-in-hand@!
36. _____
37. _____
38. _____
39. _____
40. _____
五、完成句子（共5小题；共10分）
41. 周旭如此聪明以至于他能理解你所说的。
Zhou Xu is so _____ that he can _____ what you said.
42. 那个女士的钱包丢了，她马上报了警。
The lady lost her wallet and called the police _____ _____.
43. 我的观点和你的相似。
My opinions are _____ _____ yours.
44. 这些残疾人需要我们的帮助，你想成为志愿者中的一员吗？
These _____ _____ need our help. Do you want to be one of the volunteers
45. 那位教授对我的生活产生了影响。
The professor _____ _____ _____ to my life.
答案
第一部分
1 . A
【解析】
句意：我的钟表坏了。我要把它修理好。fix up 意为“修理”；cheer up 意为“振奋起来”。若宾语是代词，要放在词组的中间。
2 . D
【解析】
句意：你们可以去帮助安徽歙县的那些人，他们的房屋在 2020 年 7 月被洪水毁坏了。此处的 could 是表达建议的用法，比 can 语气更委婉。
3 . B
【解析】
句意：下了火车之后，我不得不一路拎着包到宾馆。A 项意为“借出”；B 项意为“搬；扛”；C 项意为“卖”；D 项意为“给”。由句意可知选 B。
4 . A
【解析】
句意：我们的政府尽力做他们能做的一切来帮助人们过上更好的生活。“_____ people live a better life”在此处作目的状语，故应用动词不定式。
5 . B
【解析】
句意：许多人都捐赠了大量的钱给湖北的人们来抵抗 2019 冠状病毒病。give out“分发；散发”；give away“捐赠”；give up“放弃”。由句意可知选 B。
6 . A
【解析】
句意：他的观点和你的类似，但和朱莉娅的不一样。be similar to 意为“和……相似”；be different from 意为“和……不同”。
7 . B
【解析】
care for 意为“照顾；关心”；take after 意为“（外貌或行为）像”；help out 意为“帮助”；believe in 意为“相信；信任”。答语句意：她们一起闲逛的时候，许多人认为她们是姐妹。由此可推知设空处所在句意为“你姐姐和你妈妈非常像”。
8 . A
【解析】
句意：——我们应该为儿童之家的残疾孩子们做些什么？——你们应该建立一个学习小组来帮助他们。take up“占据；开始从事”；fix up“修理”；set up“建立；设立”；stay up“熬夜”。
9 . C
【解析】
句意：他承诺下周去看他的爷爷。promise to do sth. 表示“允诺/承诺做某事”，动词不定式作宾语。
10 . C
【解析】
exciting“令人兴奋的；使人激动的”；excited“感到激动的；感到兴奋的”。本句的主语是 We，故第一空用 excited。介词 of 后跟 v.-ing 形式。
11 . A
【解析】
make it+形容词(+for sb.)+to do sth. 是固定用法，其中的 it 作形式宾语，动词不定式是真正的宾语。
12 . B
【解析】
此题考查的是短语辨析。句意：Linda和父亲很相似。他们都很外向。带下划线的短语意思是“与……相似”。follows sb. quickly 迅速跟着某人；be similar to 相似于；look like 看起来像。take after (长相、举止或性格) 像；根据They are both outgoing可知此处表示性格像而不是长相像，排除C。选B。
因此，正确答案是B。
13 . A
【解析】
句意：2020 年的这场洪灾对中国人民的生活产生了很大的影响。make a difference 意为“产生影响；有作用”，是固定搭配。
14 . C
【解析】
句意：——中国正变得越来越强大。——是的。因此汉语被越来越多的外国人学习。由语境可知，使用一般现在时；Chinese 与 learn 之间存在被动关系，使用被动语态，因此，使用一般现在时的被动语态。
15 . C
【解析】
have difficulty (in) doing sth. 意为“做某事有困难”，是固定搭配；remember to do sth. 意为“记得要做某事（未做）”。
第二部分
16 . T
【解析】
根据第二段中的句子“He volunteers at an animal hospital every Saturday morning.”可知此题说法与短文内容相符。
17 . F
【解析】
根据第二段中的句子“Mario loves animals and wants to be an animal doctor.”可知他想成为一名兽医，不是生物老师。
18 . F
【解析】
根据第二段中的句子“I get such a strong feeling of satisfaction when I see the animals get better and the look of joy on their owners' faces.”可知此题说法错误。
19 . F
【解析】
由第三段中的句子“She could read by herself at the age of four.”可知她四岁时能够自己读书，并没有说她成为作家，故此题说法错误。
20 . T
【解析】
本文讲的就是他们两个人做志愿者的情况，故此题说法正确。
第三部分
21 . clever/ lever
22 . carry/ arry
23 . repair/ epair
24 . deaf/ eaf
25 . letters/ etters
26 . interest/ nterest
27 . change/ hange
28 . imagine/ magine
29 . give away
【解析】
根据后面的单词 charities（慈善机构）可知是要捐钱。
30 . give out
【解析】
give out the papers 意为“分发试卷”。
31 . stay up
【解析】
此处是说不要熬夜。
32 . takes after
【解析】
句意：莉莉和她的妈妈很像，但她比她的妈妈高一点。take after 意为“（外貌或行为）像”。
33 . set up
【解析】
句意：他们去年成立了一个小公司。set up 意为“建立；成立；创立”。
34 . blind/ lind
35 . open/ pen
第四部分
36 . Helping
【解析】
此处是动名词作主语，根据后一句可知填 helping，首字母大写。
37 . for
【解析】
句意：我们可以为他们做饭和打扫（卫生）。此处介词 for 意为“为了”。
38 . to make
【解析】
try one's best to do sth. 意为“竭尽某人所能去做某事”。
39 . join
【解析】
由后一句可知此处是说“来加入我们吧”。
40 . waiting
【解析】
根据前面的 be 动词 are 可知，此句是现在进行时，由句意可知填 waiting。
第五部分
41 . clever, understand
42 . at, once
43 . similar, to
44 . disabled, people
45 . made, a, difference
第1页（共1 页）人教版八下英语 Unit 6 An old man tried to move the mountains. 单元检测
一、单项选择（共15小题；共30分）
1. I fell in love with Hangzhou when I went there _____ the first time.
A.on B.with C.for D.in
2. —_____ hot weather it is! Why not have a cold drink
—Sounds good! Let's go.
A.What B.What a C.How D.How a
3. —If _____ breaks the traffic rules, the society will be more harmonious (和谐).
—I think so.
A.somebody B.anybody C.nobody D.everybody
4. I think your idea is very great. I totally _____ you.
A.argue with B.agree with C.disagree with D.laugh at
5. Bob arrived at the train station _____ late _____ he missed the early train.
A.enough; to B.too; to C.such; that D.so; that
6. Jay Chou _____ to Hannah Quinlivan (昆凌) on January 17, 2015 in Castle Howard. Do you like them
A.married B.married with C.is married D.got married
7. Our teacher reminds us _____ to study for the English test.
A.remember B.to remember C.remembering
8. —I think the handbag doesn't _____ you. Look at the blue one. You can have a try.
—OK. Let me have a try.
A.risk B.run C.fit D.look
9. —Is there anything wrong with you
—_____.
A.Wow, that's amazing.
B.Sorry, I have to do my homework.
C.Oh, that's too crazy!
D.Yes, I have a headache.
10. It's really _____ you not to tell your parents about the problems. Do you think you can solve them on your own
A.smart of B.smart for C.silly of D.silly for
11. I think you'll miss the train _____ you hurry up.
A.if B.and C.unless
12. The emperors expect their _____ will be faithful (忠诚的).
A.wife B.wifes C.wives
13. Will your mother begin to do the housework _____ she gets home every day
A.since B.as soon as C.before D.while
14. I will go around the city of Dalian by light-rail vehicle (轻轨) _____ subway because I haven't taken it before.
A.instead of B.in the face of
C.along with D.across from
15. It was _____ for us to solve the math problem. Few of us could even understand it.
A.easy enough B.enough easy
C.difficult enough D.enough difficult
二、完形填空（共1小题；共20分）
A long time ago, there lived a wise man named Zun-Nun in Egypt. A young man came to visit him and asked, "Teacher, why do you dress in _____16_____ a way Nowadays it's necessary to dress neatly (整洁地), isn't it Or how will people know you're really a _____17_____ and wise man "
Zun-Nun smiled, took a ring from his finger and said, "Young friend, I'll answer your question, _____18_____ first do one thing for me. Take this ring to the market. Can you sell it for one chip of gold "
When the young man looked at Zun-Nun's dirty ring, he thought to _____19_____, "How will I sell it at that price "
He _____20_____ the ring to the vegetable, meat and fish traders and others in the market. But _____21_____ was willing to pay a chip of gold.
He returned and told this to Zun-Nun. Zun-Nun said, "Now go to the gold shop and show the ring to the owner. Don't give a _____22_____, just see how much he will pay."
One hour _____23_____, the young man was back. "Teacher, people in the market really didn't know the value of this ring. The gold shop owner _____24_____ me 1,000 chips of gold."
Zun-Nun smiled, "That's the answer to your question, my friend. Someone can't be valued only from his _____25_____. The ring was a gift from the emperor." he said.
16. A.so B.such C.this D.that
17. A.special B.strange C.common D.stupid
18. A.until B.however C.though D.but
19. A.him B.it C.himself D.itself
20. A.gave B.showed C.sold D.provided
21. A.nobody B.neither C.anyone D.everyone
22. A.ring B.idea C.price D.reason
23. A.after B.before C.ago D.later
24. A.cost B.offered C.spent D.lent
25. A.words B.thoughts C.knowledge D.dress
三、阅读理解-阅读选择（共3小题；共30分）
The Famous Fairy Tales in the World
Name Journey to the West Hansel and Gretel Yu Gong Moves a Mountain
Writer Wu Cheng'en The Brothers Grimm Liezi
Publishing Time The Ming Dynasty In 1812 More than 2,000 years ago
Country China Germany
Length Long Short
26. There is(are) _____ fairy tale(s) from China in the form.
A.one B.two C.three
27. The writer of Hansel and Gretel is _____.
A.Wu cheng'en B.Liezi
C.The Brothers Grimm
28. _____ came out the earliest.
A.Journey to the West B.Yu Gong Moves a Mountain
C.Hansel and Gretel
29. If you want to know about one of the four great classic novels of Chinese literature, you can read _____.
A.Journey to the West B.Hansel and Gretel
C.Yu Gong Moves a Mountain
30. Which of the following is TRUE according to the form above
A.Wu Cheng'en is Chinese.
B.Liezi from Germany wrote Hansel and Gretel.
C.Yu Gong Moves a Mountain is a long fairy tale.
A: Hello, Peter! This is Tom speaking.
B: Hello, Tom! How are you
A: Fine, thanks. _____31_____
B: Yes, I'll be free.
A: I'm going to watch a Peking Opera show performed by a group of students.
B: Wow, that's so great! _____32_____
A: It is Gathering of Heroes (《群英会》).
B: Fantastic! Where will it be put on
A: In our school art club.
B: _____33_____
A: At 3:00 p.m. this Sunday.
B: Well, I am also interested in Peking Opera shows. _____34_____
A: Of course. So, would you like to watch the show with me
B: Yes, I can't wait. _____35_____
A: Let's meet at the art club at 2:40 that afternoon.
B: OK. Thanks for calling me. See you then.
A: OK. See you.
31. A.What's the name of it
B.Can you wait
C.What's the time
D.Can I join your club
E.Are you free this Sunday, Peter
F.Are you a member of the club
G.When and where shall we meet
32. A.What's the name of it
B.Can you wait
C.What's the time
D.Can I join your club
E.Are you free this Sunday, Peter
F.Are you a member of the club
G.When and where shall we meet
33. A.What's the name of it
B.Can you wait
C.What's the time
D.Can I join your club
E.Are you free this Sunday, Peter
F.Are you a member of the club
G.When and where shall we meet
34. A.What's the name of it
B.Can you wait
C.What's the time
D.Can I join your club
E.Are you free this Sunday, Peter
F.Are you a member of the club
G.When and where shall we meet
35. A.What's the name of it
B.Can you wait
C.What's the time
D.Can I join your club
E.Are you free this Sunday, Peter
F.Are you a member of the club
G.When and where shall we meet
Alex was a giraffe (长颈鹿) in a zoo. As he grew up, his neck was much shorter than the others'. He became upset. His mother said to him, "You are special. Your neck is good. You don't have to worry about it."
Alex tried not to think about this. But as his friends grew taller and taller, his neck stayed short. Sometimes they laughed at him. His parents told him not to worry and that he should enjoy himself. He tried. He could not even play some giraffe sports. He was too short.
One cool day, a worker in a zoo came and took Alex away. Alex was afraid. "Would I have to leave the zoo because of my short neck " Alex was very sad. After the worker calmed Alex down, he gave him some food. And he was kind to Alex. Alex felt better. Then the worker took Alex into another area of the zoo. There was a small door between the two areas. This door was only suitable for Alex to pass through.
Soon Alex's parents came to see him. "My dear, you are special," his mother said. "The zoo workers made a place for you because people wanted to see you. How special you are!" She was right. Visitors pointed to him and screamed. They looked happy to see such a special animal in the zoo.
36. Why was Alex upset
A.Because his neck was short.
B.Because he had special legs.
C.Because he was too fat.
D.Because he didn't like the zoo.
37. Which is WRONG according to Paragraph 2
A.Alex's friends got taller and taller.
B.Other giraffes laughed at Alex sometimes.
C.Alex's parents told him not to worry.
D.Alex could play giraffe sports very well.
38. The underlined word "screamed" means _____ in Chinese.
A.尖叫 B.逃窜 C.驱赶 D.辱骂
39. Which is NOT mentioned (提及) according to the passage
A.The zoo worker was kind to Alex.
B.Alex could go through the small door freely.
C.Alex was afraid when he left his home at the beginning.
D.Alex's neck became longer and longer after he moved to the new area.
40. What can we learn from the passage
A.People can't live without animals.
B.Everyone can do well if he keeps on practicing.
C.Helping others sometimes is helping ourselves.
D.Disadvantages can become advantages if we use them in proper ways.
四、阅读理解-阅读回答问题（共1小题；共10分）
Once upon a time, there was a rich man. He loved his son very much. Because he wanted to make his son have a happy life, he decided to send him to see a smart old man for advice on happiness. When the old man knew about this, he gave the boy an empty bowl and asked him to go to the river and fill the bowl with water. "If no water is spilt (洒) when you come back, I will tell you about it."
The boy walked to the river and came back with a bowl of water. The old man asked him, "Did you notice the beautiful flowers along the road and the birds singing in the trees " The boy could say nothing about them because he paid much attention to the bowl in his hands.
The old man smiled and said, "Bring me another bowl of water and enjoy the flowers and the singing of birds."
When he came back, the boy could describe everything he had seen to the old man. But when he looked at his bowl, he found most water was gone. He forgot all about his bowl when he enjoyed the beautiful things along the road.
"Well, young man," the old man said. "Enjoy the beauty of the world, but never forget your dream in your heart. This is the secret of happiness."
41. Why did the rich man decide to send his son to see a smart old man for advice
_____
42. What did the old man ask the boy to do
_____
43. How did the boy go to the river
_____
44. Could the boy describe the beautiful flowers and the singing birds at last
_____
45. What can you learn from the passage
_____
五、句子填空（共6小题；共30分）
Over 80 years ago, Mickey Mouse first appeared in the cartoon Steamboat Willie. When this cartoon came out in New York _____46_____ November 18, 1928, it was the _____47_____ (one) cartoon with sound and music. The man behind Mickey was Walt Disney. He became very rich and _____48_____ (success). In the 1930s, he _____49_____ (make) 87 cartoons with Mickey.
Some people might ask how this cartoon animal became so popular. One of the main reason is that Mickey was like a common man, but he always tried _____50_____ (face) any danger. In his early films, Mickey was unlucky and had many _____51_____ (problem) such as losing his house or girlfriend, Minnie. However, he was always ready to try _____52_____ (he) best. People went to the cinema to see the "little man" win. Most of _____53_____ (they) wanted to be like Mickey. Today's cartoons are usually not so simple as little Mickey Mouse, _____54_____ everyone still knows and loves him. Who has _____55_____ pair of ears more famous than Mickey's
46. _____
47. _____
48. _____
49. _____
50. _____
51. _____
52. _____
53. _____
54. _____
55. _____
56. The two men _____ (欺骗) the old man last Wednesday.
57. In W_____ countries, people have holidays at Christmas.
58. The Monkey King is able to turn himself into different animals and o_____.
59. Suzhou is a beautiful place. It's famous for its _____ (丝绸).
60. I want to know the _____ (完整的) story. Could you tell me about it
六、汉译英（共5小题；共10分）
61. 我第一次去上海的时候就爱上了它。
_____.
62. 那个箱子太重了，以至于我搬不动。
_____
63. 水可以变成冰。
_____
64. 我的朋友有点胖，但她很可爱。
_____
65. 这个女孩和这个残疾人十年前结的婚。
_____
七、书面表达（共1小题；共15分）
66.
你准备参加学校“英语角”开展的“用英语讲故事”活动，你选取了“曹冲称象”这个大家熟悉的故事。
请你根据上边图片的内容，用英语写一篇 80 词以上的小短文。
注意：标题、开头和结尾已给出,不计入总词数。
How Cao Chong Had the Elephant Weighed
Cao Cao was very glad to have received an elephant as a present.
_____
"Add up all the numbers and we will know the weight of the elephant," Cao Chong said to his father with kind of pride.
答案
第一部分
1 . C
【解析】
for the first time 表示“第一次”。
2 . A
【解析】
句意：——多么热的天气啊！为什么不喝点冷饮呢？——听起来不错！我们走吧。中心词 weather 是不可数名词，符合感叹句句型：What+adj.+不可数名词+主语+谓语！
3 . C
【解析】
句意：如果没有人破坏交通规则，社会会更和谐。由句意可知选 C。
4 . B
【解析】
句意：我认为你的想法非常棒。我完全赞同你的想法。故 agree with 符合题意。
5 . D
【解析】
句意：Bob 到达火车站是如此晚以至于他错过了早班火车。enough…to 意为“足够……可以……”；too…to 意为“太……而不能……”；such+形容词+名词+that 从句，表示“如此……以至于……”；so+形容词/副词+that 从句，表示“如此……以至于……”。由句意可知选 D。
6 . D
【解析】
be/ get married to sb. 表示“与某人结婚”，根据时间状语 on January 17, 2015 可知应用一般过去时，got married 符合题意。
7 . B
【解析】
remind sb. to do sth. 意为“提醒某人做某事”。
8 . C
【解析】
句意：——我认为这个手提包不适合你。看看蓝色的这个，你可以试一下。——好的，让我试试。risk 意为“冒险”；run 意为“跑步”；fit 意为“适合”；look 意为“看”。由句意可知答案选 C。
9 . D
【解析】
考查情景交际。根据问句可知是询问对方“你有什么不舒服的吗？”，故 D 项“是的，我头疼。”符合题意。
10 . C
【解析】
句意：你不把问题告诉父母，真傻。你认为你能自己解决吗？It is+adj.+for/ of sb. to do sth. 对……来讲，做某事是……的。其中的形容词指人的品质或性格时，介词用 of。
11 . C
【解析】
考查连词辨析。句意：我认为如果你不赶紧，会误火车的。and 和；if 如果；unless 除非。句意：我认为除非你快点，你才不会错过火车，故选 C。
12 . C
13 . B
【解析】
句意：你的妈妈会每天一到家就开始做家务吗？since 意为“自从”；as soon as 意为“一……就……”；before 意为“在……之前”；while 意为“当……时”。由句意可知答案选 B。
14 . A
【解析】
我将乘坐轻轨去大连而不是地铁，因为之前我没有坐过。
A 表示而不是，B 表示面对，C 表示沿着，D 表示在……的对面。根据题干中 because I haven't taken it before. 可知因为之前没有坐过轻轨，所以我将乘坐轻轨去大连而不是地铁。故选：A。
15 . C
【解析】
此题考查的是形容词辨析和enough的用法。句意：这道数学题对我们来说已经很难解了。我们中甚至几乎没有人能理解它。easy 容易的；difficult 难的；根据后文可知表示“难的”；副词enough（足够）修饰形容词时要后置。
因此，正确答案是C。
第二部分
16 . B
【解析】
此题考查的是形容词和副词的辨析。句意：老师，你为什么穿成这样？so 如此，副词，修饰形容词和副词；such 这样的、如此的，形容词，such a/an+单数名词；this 这，这个，形容词，in this way 以这种方式；that 那，那个，形容词，in that way 以那种方式。
因此，正确答案是B。
17 . A
【解析】
此题考查的是形容词的辨析。句意：或者人们怎么知道你真的是一个特别的、聪明的人。special 特别的；strange 陌生的；common 普通的；stupid 愚蠢的。
因此，正确答案是A。
18 . D
【解析】
此题考查的是连词和副词的辨析。句意：年轻的朋友，我会回答你的问题，但首先你要为我做一件事。until 直到，连词；however 然而，副词，前后都要用逗号隔开；though 尽管，连词；but 但是，连词。
因此，正确答案是D。
19 . C
【解析】
此题考查的是代词的辨析。句意：当年轻人看着Zun-Nun的脏戒指时，他心里想：“我怎么以那样的价格卖掉它？”him 他，作宾语；it 它；himself 他自己，反身代词；itself 它自己，反身代词。这里主语是he，且主语和宾语是指同一对象，故选C选项。
因此，正确答案是C。
20 . B
【解析】
此题考查的是动词的辨析。句意：他把戒指给菜贩、鱼贩和市场上的其他人看。give 给；show 给……看；sell 卖；provide 提供。由后文的“但没有人愿意支付一块金币”可知选B选项。
因此，正确答案是B。
21 . A
【解析】
此题考查的是代词的辨析。句意：但没有人愿意支付一块金币。nobody 没有人；neither 两者都不；anyone 任何人；everyone 每个人。
因此，正确答案是A。
22 . C
【解析】
此题考查的是名词的辨析。句意：不要出价，看看他会付出多少。ring 戒指；idea 主意；price 价格；reason 原因。
因此，正确答案是C。
23 . D
【解析】
此题考查的介词和副词的辨析。句意：一小时后，那个年轻人回来了。after 在……以后，介词，放在时间之前；before 在……之前，介词，放在时间之前；ago 以前，副词，放在时间之后；later 以后，副词，放在时间之后。
因此，正确答案是D。
24 . B
【解析】
此题考查的是动词的辨析。句意：金店老板给了我1000块金币。cost 花费，主语是物；offer 出价；spend 花费，主语是人，spend+钱+on sth. 在某物上花钱；lend 把……借给。
因此，正确答案是B。
25 . D
【解析】
此题考查的是名词的辨析。句意：不能只从一个人的衣着来评价他。word 语言；thought 想法；knowledge 知识；dress 衣服，穿着。由前文的“老师，你为什么穿这样的衣服”可知选D选项。
因此，正确答案是D。
第三部分
26 . B
【解析】
根据表格中的信息可知，《西游记》和《愚公移山》是中国的。
27 . C
【解析】
根据表格纵向第三栏中的信息可知，C 项符合题意。
28 . B
【解析】
根据表格中的出版时间：The Ming Dynasty、In 1812、More than 2,000 years ago 可知，最早的是《愚公移山》。
29 . A
【解析】
选项中只有《西游记》属于我国的四大名著之一，故答案选 A。
30 . A
【解析】
根据表格中的信息及常识可知，吴承恩是中国人，A 项与表格中信息相符。
31 . E
【解析】
根据答语“是的，我有空。”可知问句是询问对方是否有空，故 E 项符合题意。
32 . A
【解析】
由上文可知 Tom 要去看京剧表演，根据下句提到的《群英会》可知此处是在问对方这个京剧表演的名字，故答案选 A。
33 . C
【解析】
根据答语“这个周日下午三点。”可知此处询问开始的时间，故答案选 C。
34 . D
【解析】
前面提到这个京剧表演在学校艺术俱乐部进行，联系上下文可知此处是询问是否可以加入这个俱乐部，故答案选 D。
35 . G
【解析】
根据答语“我们那天下午 2:40 在艺术俱乐部见面吧。”可知此处是询问见面的时间和地点，故答案选 G。
36 . A
【解析】
由第一段中的句子“As he grew up, his neck was much shorter than the others'. He became upset.”可知 Alex 感到沮丧是因为他的脖子短。
37 . D
【解析】
由“He could not even play some giraffe sports. He was too short.”可知 Alex 并不擅长长颈鹿的运动。
38 . A
【解析】
由“They looked happy to see such a special animal in the zoo.”推测画线词的意思是“尖叫”。
39 . D
【解析】
文章没有提及 Alex 到新场所后脖子变得越来越长。
40 . D
【解析】
文章给我们的启示是：只要合理利用，短处可以变为长处。
第四部分
41 . Because he wanted to make his son have a happy life.
【解析】
根据文章第一段中的“Because he wanted to make his son have a happy life, he decided to send him to see a smart old man for advice on happiness.”可知富人想要他的儿子过幸福的生活。
42 . The old man asked the boy to go to the river and fill the bowl with water.
【解析】
根据文章第一段中的“When the old man knew about this, he gave the boy an empty bowl and asked him to go to the river and fill the bowl with water.”可知,老人叫男孩去河边给碗装满水。
43 . The boy walked to the river.
【解析】
根据文章第二段第一句“The boy walked to the river and came back with a bowl of water.”可知,男孩是走到河边的。
44 . Yes.
【解析】
根据文章第四段第一句“When he came back, the boy could describe everything he had seen to the old man.”可知男孩可以描述他所看见的所有事物。
45 . The secret of happiness.
【解析】
本文通过这个故事讲述了幸福的秘诀。
第五部分
46 . on
【解析】
本文是一篇记叙文。主要讲述关于米老鼠的动画片的背景及受欢迎的原因。
句意：当这部动画片在 1928 年 11 月 18 日的纽约出现时……具体到某天前使用介词 on。
47 . first
【解析】
句意：当这部动画片在 1928 年 11 月 18 日的纽约出现时，这是第一部带有声音和音乐的动画片。结合句意及关键词定冠词 the 可知，空格处要用其序数词，故填 first。
48 . successful
【解析】
句意：他变得很富有而成功。分析句子结构可知，and 连接并列结构，rich 为形容词，故此处用 success 的形容词形式，故填 successful。
49 . made
【解析】
句意：在 20 世纪 30 年代，他已经制作了 87 部含有米老鼠动画片。句中 In the 1930s（在 20 世纪 30 年代）推断句子应使用一般过去时态。故填 made。
50 . to face
【解析】
句意：一个重要的原因之一是米老鼠像一个普通人，但他总是尽力面对任何困难。try to do sth. 表示尽力做某事。故填 to face。
51 . problems
【解析】
句意：在他的早期的电影里，米老鼠是不幸运的，有很多像丢失房屋或失去女朋友的问题。many 后要用可数名词复数，故填 problems。
52 . his
【解析】
句意：然而，他总是尽力做到最好。try one's best 表示尽某人最大努力，故填 he 的形容词性物主代词，故填 his。
53 . them
【解析】
句意：大部分人想成为像米老鼠一样的人。分析句子结构可知，of 为介词，后用人称代词的宾格形式，故填 them。
54 . but
【解析】
句意：虽然现在的动画片不像米老鼠一样的简单了，人们仍然喜爱他。分析前后句关系，表示转折，故用连词 but 进行引导。
55 . a
【解析】
句意：谁有一副比米老鼠的更出名的耳朵呢？a pair of 固定搭配，表示 “一双；一副”。故填不定冠词 a。
56 . cheated
57 . Western/ estern
58 . objects/ bjects
59 . silk
60 . whole
第六部分
61 . I fell in love with Shanghai when I visited it for the first time
【解析】
fall in love with ... 爱上……；for the first time 第一次；由“第一次去上海”可知，该句为一般过去时。
62 . The box is so heavy that I can't carry it.
63 . Water can turn into ice.
64 . My friend is a little bit fat, but she is very lovely.
65 . The girl and the disabled man got married ten years ago.
第七部分
66 . How Cao Chong Had the Elephant Weighed
Cao Cao was very glad to have received an elephant as a present. He wanted to know how heavy the elephant was, but there were no scales big enough to weigh such a huge creature.
One day, Cao Chong said to his father, "I've found a way to weigh the elephant."
Cao Chong asked a man to lead the elephant onto a boat. When the boat stopped sinking, the man drew a line along on the boat side. After the elephant was led away, Cao Chong had some men put stones into the boat until the water reached the line.
Cao Chong asked the men to weigh each stone from the boat and put down the numbers.
"Add up all the numbers and we will know the weight of the elephant," Cao Chong said to his father with kind of pride.
第1页（共1 页）人教版八下英语 Unit2 I_ll help to clean up the ... A基础
一、单项选择（共15小题；共30分）
1. They hope _____ the basketball match.
A.win B.won C.to win D.winning
2. We have to _____ the sports meeting for the bad weather.
A.put on B.put up C.put off
3. It was _____ a difficult task that nobody can finish it on time.
A.so B.too C.enough D.such
4. —Mary, could you tell me _____ the pencil box
—Oh, yes. I bought it in a store on the Internet.
A.where you bought B.when you will buy
C.when did you buy D.where will you buy
5. We need to come up _____ a plan for this new term.
A.in B.on C.to D.with
6. In class, Park helped Miss Zhao _____ the exam papers.
A.give out B.give away C.give in D.give up
7. The old woman lives , but she doesn't feel .
A.alone, alone B.lonely, lonely
C.lonely, alone D.alone, lonely
8. They often help _____ sick children in the children's hospital.
A.cheer up B.clean up C.set up D.make up
9. —What do you think of your new house built by the local government
—Pretty good. I have a _____ of happiness now.
A.warning B.tradition C.feeling D.question
10. Some of us volunteered _____ at a small town last year. And we continue to work there this year.
A.work B.works C.working D.to work
11. Your clothes and shoes are here and there, and the room is very dirty. Please _____ right away.
A.clean them up B.clean up them C.clean it up D.clean up it
12. Wu Dong likes hip hop, but he doesn't _____ classical music.
A.cares about B.care for C.take care D.cares for
13. —How does Jane go to school
—She _____ ride a bike to school, but now she _____ going there by bus.
A.used to; is used to B.used to; used to
C.is used to; used to D.is used to; is used to
14. The yellow one and the red one are very nice. Would you please advise me _____
A.which to buy B.what to buy C.when to buy D.why to buy
15. We'd better follow the seven-step hand-washing method healthy.
A.to keep B.keep C.keeping D.keeps
二、阅读理解-阅读选择（共1小题；共10分）
Recently a young woman's post (博文) on Weibo caught many people's eye. _____16_____
After finishing her study in college, the young woman chose to become a teacher in Xinjiang. When people asked why she went to teach in the faraway area, she just said, "_____17_____"
The young teacher found that some books in her school library were not good enough for the children. _____18_____ Many kind-hearted people saw her post and offered to send her books. Someone placed an order for 30 books on Taobao. When the seller learned about who the books were for, he sent 44 books to the school. _____19_____ So far she has received (收到) over 2,000 books. Some are storybooks, some are books on natural science, and some are books about history and so on. Now, some people are still asking for the address (地址) of the school. They want to give more books to the school.
_____20_____ For those books, she plans to set up a rotation system (轮转系统) in her class so that no children will miss their favorite ones. Now, the teacher calls herself "the happiest woman in the world".
16. A.Because I love my country.
B.So she went to Weibo for help.
C.Many organizations also sent books.
D.In the post she said that she wanted books for her students in Xinjiang.
E.The teacher said her students were very happy to receive so many new books.
17. A.Because I love my country.
B.So she went to Weibo for help.
C.Many organizations also sent books.
D.In the post she said that she wanted books for her students in Xinjiang.
E.The teacher said her students were very happy to receive so many new books.
18. A.Because I love my country.
B.So she went to Weibo for help.
C.Many organizations also sent books.
D.In the post she said that she wanted books for her students in Xinjiang.
E.The teacher said her students were very happy to receive so many new books.
19. A.Because I love my country.
B.So she went to Weibo for help.
C.Many organizations also sent books.
D.In the post she said that she wanted books for her students in Xinjiang.
E.The teacher said her students were very happy to receive so many new books.
20. A.Because I love my country.
B.So she went to Weibo for help.
C.Many organizations also sent books.
D.In the post she said that she wanted books for her students in Xinjiang.
E.The teacher said her students were very happy to receive so many new books.
三、句子填空（共11小题；共30分）
21. We saw a _____ (标志) which says "No Parking". So we couldn't park the car there.
22. He can't make a long j_____ because of the COVID-19.
23. Mandy plans to take part in the v_____ work during the summer holiday.
24. She likes music very much, and she has s_____ new CDs of TFBOYS.
25. My uncle has a large house and he is the o_____ of the house.
26. I have a _____ (强烈的) feeling that he will win the English Speech Competition.
27. There are _____ (几个) girls in the room. They are talking about the vacation plans.
28. Please look at the n_____, so you'd better not go there at night.
29. —Did you see the _____ (通知) on the board
—No, I didn't.
30. I didn't have breakfast. Now I have a _____ (感觉) of hunger.
advise, tiring, meet, volunteer, flower
In order to make our city cleaner and more beautiful, the young _____31_____ of our school went to the People's Park this morning and offered (提供) our help.
At eight, the head of the park _____32_____ us at the gate. After being divided into groups, we set out to work at once. Some tidied up (整理) the parking area and had motorbikes parked in the right place. Some looked after the _____33_____ and bushes, and persuaded (劝说) people to keep off the grass. Around the tiger den (兽穴), one group kept order to prevent accidents from happening. At the aquarium, another group worked as guides and _____34_____ visitors not to smoke. When some of us were doing cleaning, an old man praised us and said, "Well done, young fellows!"
We were all _____35_____ but happy. What a meaningful morning we had today!
31. _____
32. _____
33. _____
34. _____
35. _____
四、句型运用（共5小题；共10分）
36. She thinks of great ideas to raise money in the end. (改为同义句)
She thinks of great ideas to raise money _____ _____.
37. This sign says "No Parking". (对画线部分提问)
_____ does this sign _____
38. She was able to ride a bike at the age of five. (改为一般疑问句)
_____ she _____ to ride a bike at the age of five
39. The boy spent half an hour finishing his homework yesterday. (改为同义句)
It _____ the boy half an hour _____ finish his homework yesterday.
40. I help to take care of my grandmother on Sundays. (改为同义句)
I help to _____ _____ my grandmother on Sundays.
答案
第一部分
1 . C
【解析】
句意：他们希望赢得这场篮球赛。hope to do sth. 意为“希望做某事”，此处用动词不定式作宾语，故答案选 C。
2 . C
【解析】
句意：因为天气不好，我们不得不将运动会推迟。put on“穿上，增重”；put up“张贴，挂起来”；put off“推迟，延迟”。由句意可知答案选 C。
3 . D
【解析】
句意：这是一项如此艰巨的任务，以至于没有人能按时完成。“a difficult task 一项艰巨的任务”为名词短语，故用 such 修饰；such…that… 表示“如此……以至于……”。故选 D。
4 . A
【解析】
考查宾语从句。宾语从句用陈述句语序，故排除 C、D 两项。根据回答中的“在网上的一个商店”可知问的是地点，因此用 where；买的动作发生在过去，因此从句用一般过去时。
5 . D
【解析】
come up with 意为“想出；提出”，是固定搭配，由语境可知是说想出一个计划。故 D 项符合题意。
6 . A
【解析】
句意：在课堂上，Park 帮助赵老师分发试卷。give out“分发；散发”；give away“捐赠”；give in“屈服；让步”；give up“放弃”。由句意可知答案选 A。
7 . D
【解析】
此题考查的是形容词和副词的辨析。句意：这位老妇女独自居住，但她并不会感觉到孤单。alone 独自地，副词，修饰动词或形容词，在此修饰lives；lonely 孤单的，形容词，在此作表语。
因此，正确答案是D。
8 . A
【解析】
句意：他们经常帮助儿童医院里生病的孩子振作起来。cheer up“使振奋起来”；clean up 意为“打扫干净”；set up“建立；设立”；make up“组成；编造”。由句意可知选 A。
9 . C
【解析】
考查名词词义辨析。问句句意：你觉得当地政府给你建造的新房怎么样呢？warning“警告”；tradition“传统”；feeling“感觉”；question“问题”。从答语前一句“非常好”推知应答者“现在有幸福感”。
10 . D
【解析】
volunteer to do sth. 意为“自愿去做某事”，故答案选 D。
11 . C
【解析】
句意：你的衣服和鞋子到处都是，房间很脏。请立刻打扫干净。此处的宾语是代词 it，指代 the room，只能放在词组的中间。
12 . B
【解析】
句意：吴东喜欢嘻哈音乐，但他不是非常喜欢古典音乐。care for 意为“照顾；非常喜欢”，符合题意。
13 . A
【解析】
句意：——Jane 怎么去上学？——她过去常骑自行车去上学，但现在她习惯于乘坐公共汽车去。used to do sth. 意为“过去常常做某事”；be used to doing sth. 意为“习惯做某事”。故选 A。
14 . A
【解析】
句意：黄色的和红色的这两个都很好。你能告诉我买哪个吗？此题考查的是“疑问词+不定式（短语）”，根据前面提到的黄色和红色的两个物品可知，是想从中选择一个，故选 A。
15 . A
【解析】
此题考查的是不定式。句意：为了保持健康，我们最好遵循七步洗手法。keep 保持，动词；此处用不定式表目的，应选A。
因此，正确答案是A。
第二部分
16 . D
【解析】
前一句中提到她的博文抓住了人们的眼球，故此处应该是说博文的内容是什么。
17 . A
【解析】
人们问她为什么去偏远地区教学，故此处是回答原因，用 Because 开头的句子符合语境。
18 . B
【解析】
根据前一句“这个年轻的老师发现她的学校图书馆的一些书对孩子们来说不够好”可知此处应说“因此她去微博上求助”。
19 . C
【解析】
短文前面提到了很多人都主动捐书，故可猜测此处说的是有许多组织机构也捐书了。
20 . E
【解析】
根据后面的内容可知这位老师说孩子们收到这些捐赠的书很高兴。
第三部分
21 . sign
22 . journey/ ourney
23 . volunteer/ olunteer
24 . several/ everal
25 . owner/ wner
26 . strong
27 . several
28 . notice/ otice
29 . notice
30 . feeling
31 . volunteers
【解析】
由句意可知学校年轻的志愿者们去公园帮忙。此处的志愿者应该不止一人，故用复数形式。
32 . met
【解析】
句意：在八点钟，公园的负责人在大门口与我们会面。本文用的时态是一般过去时，故此处用 meet 的过去式 met。
33 . flowers
【解析】
根据句意及后面的 and bushes 可知此处用复数名词。
34 . advised
【解析】
由句意可知此处是建议游客不要抽烟，短文用的是一般过去时。
35 . tired
【解析】
句意：我们都很疲劳，但很开心。此句主语 We 指人，故用 tired。
第四部分
36 . at, last
37 . What, say
38 . Was, able
39 . took, to
40 . care, for
第1页（共1 页）人教版八下英语 Unit 4 Why don_t you talk to your parents 单元检测
一、单项选择（共15小题；共30分）
1. There are all kinds of foods at the party. You can eat _____ you like.
A.whatever B.however C.wherever
2. The man doesn't _____ his son to spend much time on computer games.
A.make B.allow C.hope D.let
3. We still know little about the Moon _____ men have landed on it.
A.if B.since C.although D.because
4. —I'm always _____ before the exam. What should I do
—Take it easy. You can take a deep breath and smile.
A.relaxed B.nervous C.surprised D.interested
5. —Do you want to clean up the garden
—I don't mind _____ that if no one else wants to.
A.to do B.doing C.to carry D.carrying
6. —What did you do last night
—I didn't play the piano. I watched a film with my parents _____.
A.either B.instead C.yet D.however
7. I waited _____ they finished talking.
A.until B.if C.because
8. He is under a lot of _____ these days because he lost his job.
A.pressure B.service C.experience D.independence
9. Alice _____ her sister. They never fight.
A.gives up B.takes off
C.gets on well with D.gets out of
10. _____ with my father's handwriting, mine is poor.
A.Compare B.Compared C.Comparing D.Compares
11. —_____ talk to someone when you feel sad
—I want to, but I don't know how to talk with others.
A.Why not B.Why don't C.Why did you D.Why do you
12. If you want to know more information about the coming party, please _____ the website http://www..
A.set up B.look through C.pick out D.turn off
13. —Who sent the box to us, Mom What's in it
—I'm not sure. _____ it's a gift from your grandparents.
A.Anyway B.Instead C.Perhaps D.However
14. We should protect the environment _____ we can make a better world to live in.
A.so that B.even though C.as soon as
15. —The relations between my parents have become difficult. What should I do
—You could do more jobs around the house so that they have more time for proper _____.
A.instrument B.communication C.community
二、完形填空（共1小题；共20分）
A few days ago, I sat on the sofa watching TV. Just then, I got a(n) _____16_____ from a friend of mine. I haven't seen him _____17_____ a very long time. We talked about our schooldays on the phone; then he started talking about his _____18_____.
His mother was badly ill in hospital. She couldn't sleep at night and often _____19_____ to herself. My friend was angry _____20_____ her and asked his mother _____21_____ talking. Since then, his mother didn't say anything. The doctor said she had a kind of mental disease (心理疾病). She couldn't look after herself like a normal person. My friend was very sad. He thought it was his fault (过错). My friend _____22_____ like a baby on the telephone. He said that he could do _____23_____ if his mother became better.
Do you know _____24_____ our parents love us and care for us all the time I think we should _____25_____ love our parents and take care of them. A good relationship with your parents can make you be a better and happier person. It is worth having a try!
16. A.letter B.e-mail C.call D.message
17. A.in B.for C.at D.of
18. A.mother B.father C.brother D.sister
19. A.talked B.talk C.to talk D.talking
20. A.to B.about C.for D.with
21. A.stop B.to stop C.stopped D.not to stop
22. A.cried B.shouted C.laughed D.heard
23. A.something B.anything C.nothing D.none
24. A.what B.whom C.where D.that
25. A.too B.either C.also D.else
三、阅读理解-阅读选择（共3小题；共30分）
Our parents are important people in our life. They are our first teachers in our life. They love us and help us all the time. But do you want to get on well with them Here are some ways to help you to be happy with your parents.
Have fun together
How much time do you spend just enjoying being with each other Ask your parents to play with you. Go outside together, try some sports, or go to the movies.
Be Kind
Little things may bring a lot to your parents. Make a meal for them by yourself and that can make your parents happy.
Ask for help
When you are in trouble or meet some sad things, you can ask your parents for help and advice. They will be happy to listen to you and help you.
Have a try
You don't have to be the best but you need to have a try. They will be happy to see you have the courage to achieve your dream. It lets them know they're doing a good job in helping you grow up.
26. Why are our parents important persons for us
A.They teach us first in class. B.They love us sometimes.
C.They always give us a hand. D.They are happy all the time.
27. How many suggestions does the writer give us in the text
A.Three. B.Four. C.Five. D.Six.
28. How do you have fun with your parents
A.Read a book together. B.Help with housework.
C.Tell them funny things. D.Go outside together.
29. What should you do if you have a problem
A.Listen to your teachers.
B.Ask your parents for help.
C.Turn to your friends around.
D.Try to be the best of yourself.
30. The best title for this ad is _____.
A.How to Love and Teach Kids
B.How to Talk with Your Parents
C.How to Keep Happy with Your Parents
D.How to Try to Be the Best of Yourself
Do you always focus on studying and getting "A" grades in school Most Chinese students work really hard. But in the United States, you might be considered a bookworm (智力障碍者) if you cannot socialize (社交). Socializing is as important as your grades. If you just study all the time and don't socialize, your life won't be complete. So, how does one socialize with students in the US
Lots of high schools often have soccer games during the autumn term. I didn't know anything about soccer, but I joined some of the soccer games in order to have fun with my friends. I thought I could learn the rules from others. However, to my surprise, some American students don't even know the rules but still go to the games in order to socialize. They cheer for the soccer players and have fun together.
The other common way to socialize is to join after-school clubs. You can choose clubs that you are interested in and make a lot of new friends. For example, one of my friends started a sketch (素描) club. I was interested in sketching, so I joined the club. There I met lots of students who were also interested in sketching. We soon became friends with each other.
Socializing is an important thing in the US. But grades are still important, too. An all-around student should have the ability to balance (平衡) his or her studying and socializing.
31. You might be considered _____ if you cannot socialize in the United States.
A.a good student B.a bookworm
C.a lazy student D.a hard-working student
32. When do lots of high schools have soccer games in the US
A.During the autumn term. B.During the summer term.
C.During the spring term. D.During the winter term.
33. How many ways to socialize are mentioned in the passage
A.Five. B.Four. C.Three. D.Two.
34. Which of the following is NOT TRUE according to the passage
A.Most Chinese students work really hard.
B.Not all American students who go to the soccer games know the rules.
C.The writer joined some of the soccer games in order to play soccer.
D.If you want to make lots of new friends, you can join clubs that you are interested in.
35. What is the best title of the passage
A.How to make new friends
B.Balance studying and socializing
C.Socializing is not as important as your grades
D.Socializing is the most important thing in the US
A: Andy, it's Saturday today, but you look unhappy.
B: _____36_____
A: What's the matter
B: I studied until 11:00 last night.
A: _____37_____
B: At 7:00.
A: Oh, that's long enough. _____38_____
B: But my parents want me to study all day. They expect me to get good grades.
A: Poor Andy. _____39_____
B: I don't think they can understand me.
A: But I think it's bad if you don't try to communicate with them. You should tell them that you don't have to study for a long time to get good grades.
B: _____40_____ Thanks.
36. A.That's not a good idea!
B.Well, I will have a try.
C.I'm really tired, Tony.
D.So, what time did you start studying
E.Maybe you should learn to relax.
F.Why don't you talk to your parents
G.You should get up earlier in the morning.
37. A.That's not a good idea!
B.Well, I will have a try.
C.I'm really tired, Tony.
D.So, what time did you start studying
E.Maybe you should learn to relax.
F.Why don't you talk to your parents
G.You should get up earlier in the morning.
38. A.That's not a good idea!
B.Well, I will have a try.
C.I'm really tired, Tony.
D.So, what time did you start studying
E.Maybe you should learn to relax.
F.Why don't you talk to your parents
G.You should get up earlier in the morning.
39. A.That's not a good idea!
B.Well, I will have a try.
C.I'm really tired, Tony.
D.So, what time did you start studying
E.Maybe you should learn to relax.
F.Why don't you talk to your parents
G.You should get up earlier in the morning.
40. A.That's not a good idea!
B.Well, I will have a try.
C.I'm really tired, Tony.
D.So, what time did you start studying
E.Maybe you should learn to relax.
F.Why don't you talk to your parents
G.You should get up earlier in the morning.
四、阅读理解-阅读完成句子（共1小题；共10分）
Are your parents often angry with you Or do you always disagree with your parents Maybe the relationships between you and your parents are terrible. It's difficult to make your home a happy and healthy place. In fact, you can change the situations by the following keys.
Respect (尊重) It's important to show your respect and care about your parents' feelings. Though you have disagreements (分歧), at least try to understand whatever they are trying to tell you. You shouldn't keep your own thoughts only.
Communication You can communicate with your parents in a polite way. You may not get what you want, but explaining your thoughts calmly and rationally (理性地) may show your parents that you are no longer a kid, not just a kid.
Trust How can your parents build trust in you It depends on what you do. For example, if you get home late without calling first, next time your parents may not believe you. To earn (赢得) their trust, you must pay attention to the ways you do things instead of fighting with them. It will make your life much easier.
Spending time together Some teens find that sharing time together can build trust. Your parents may be interested in going shopping, hanging out and playing cards with you. Spending time together will drive away the "black cloud" hanging over your home.
Your parents give all their love to you. Why not try these ways actively to own a happy family as you want
根据短文内容填空,每空词数不限。
There are four good _____41_____ to improve the relationships between you and your parents.
Respect Think about your parents' feelings more. Show your respect to them. At least find out _____42_____ they are trying to tell munication Express your thoughts in a _____43_____ way. Let them know you are not a kid.
Trust You must pay attention to the ways you do things _____44_____ fighting all the time to have an easier life. Spending time together You can get a chance to build trust _____45_____ sharing time together. You will have a happy family.
41. _____
42. _____
43. _____
44. _____
45. _____
五、句子填空（共11小题；共40分）
46. Can you _____ (猜测) the meaning of the new word
47. I don't want to _____ (竞争) with my best friend.
48. Yesterday he o_____ to help me carry the box. I said thanks to him.
49. I joined the club two weeks ago. Now I am a m_____ of the club.
50. She is always _____ (紧张的) when she makes a speech in public.
51. —Does your mother a_____ you to go out at night
—No, she doesn't. I have to stay at home all night.
52. Lisa's answer is w_____. She asks me to tell her the right answer.
53. She is my e_____ sister and she is three years older than me.
54. Why don't you sit down and _____ (交流) with your brother
55. _____ (第二；其次), you'd better talk with your parents in time.
It is natural that young people are often uncomfortable when they are with their parents. They say that their parents don't u_____56_____ them. They often think that their parents are out of touch with modern ways, that they are too serious and too _____57_____ (严格) with their children, and that they s_____58_____ give their children a free hand.
It is true that parents often find it d_____59_____ to win their children's trust, and they tend to forget how they felt when young.
For example, young people like to do something w_____60_____ much thinking. It is one of their ways to show that they have grown up and they can face any difficult _____61_____ (情况). Older people _____62_____ (担心) more easily. Most of them plan things ahead, at l_____63_____ in their minds, and do not like their plans to be upset by something unexpected.
Sometimes you are so proud of yourself that you do not want your parents to say "yes" to what you do. All you want is to be left _____64_____ (独自) and do what you like. It is natural enough, after being a child for so many years, when you were completely under your parents' c_____65_____.
If you plan to control your life, you'd better win your parents over and try to get them to understand you.
56. u_____
57. _____
58. s_____
59. d_____
60. w_____
61. _____
62. _____
63. l_____
64. _____
65. c_____
六、完成句子（共5小题；共10分）
66. 他们成功地解决了那个问题。
They _____ _____ the problem successfully.
67. 我姐姐正在和我妈妈用电话聊天。
My sister is talking with my mother _____ _____ _____.
68. 他拒绝参加我的生日聚会。我不知道发生了什么事。
He _____ _____ _____ to my birthday party. I didn't know what happened.
69. 我今天早上上课迟到了，所以老师生我的气了。
I was late for class this morning, so the teacher _____ _____ _____me.
70. 我会阅读更多英文报纸，为的是提高我的阅读技能。
I will read more English newspapers _____ _____ I can improve my reading skills.
七、书面表达（共1小题；共15分）
71. 良好的家庭关系对青少年的健康成长很重要。但现实生活中，不少孩子和父母之间缺乏必要的沟通和交流。作为晚辈，我们应该如何和父母友好相处呢？请根据下面的提示，以 How to get on with parents 为题写一篇 70 词左右的文章。（文章开头已经给出，不计入总词数）
提示：
1. 主动和父母交流，说一些学校发生的事情；
2. 每周至少跟父母一起做一件事，比如做饭、逛商场等；
3. 遇事多与父母讨论，他们会帮你更好地解决问题。
How to get on with parents
As teenagers, it's important to get on with parents. What should we do _____
答案
第一部分
1 . A
【解析】
句意：聚会上有各种食物。你可以吃你喜欢的任何东西。A 项意为“任何事物”；B 项意为“无论如何”；C 项意为“无论何地”。由句意可知选 A。
2 . B
【解析】
句意：这个男人不允许他的儿子花很多时间在电脑游戏上。allow sb. to do sth. 意为“允许某人做某事”。
3 . C
【解析】
考查连词辨析。句意：尽管人类已经登上了月球，但我们对月球仍然知之甚少。if 意为“假如”；since 意为“自从”；although 意为“尽管”；because 意为“因为”。根据句意可知用 although 引导让步状语从句。故选 C。
4 . B
【解析】
句意：——我在考试之前总是很紧张，我该怎么办？——放轻松。你可以深呼吸和微笑。
5 . B
【解析】
mind doing sth. 意为“介意做某事”，是固定用法。
6 . B
【解析】
句意：——昨天晚上你做什么了？——我没有弹钢琴，而是和我父母一起看了一部电影。instead 意为“代替，反而，却”，作副词用。
7 . A
【解析】
句意：我一直等到他们谈话结束。until“直到……为止”；if“假如”；because“因为”。由句意推知选 A。
8 . A
【解析】
A 项意为“压力”；B 项意为“服务”；C 项意为“经验”；D 项意为“独立”。由语境可知因为丢了工作，所以压力会很大。
9 . C
【解析】
句意：艾丽斯和她的妹妹相处得很好，她们从不打架。A 项意为“放弃”；B 项意为“脱掉，起飞”；C 项意为“相处得好”；D 项意为“避免，脱离”。由句意可知选 C。
10 . B
【解析】
句意：和我父亲的书法相比，我自愧不如。compared with 意为“和……相比较”，为独立成分，在句中作状语。
11 . A
【解析】
句意：——当你感到悲伤的时候，为什么不和别人说呢？——我想，但我不知道怎么和别人说。根据句意可知，此处表示“为何不”，Why not do sth. 表示“为什么不……？”。 故选 A。
12 . B
【解析】
句意：如果你想了解关于这个即将到来的聚会的更多信息，请浏览网站 http://www.。set up 设立；look through 浏览；pick out 挑出；turn off 关闭。
13 . C
【解析】
根据答语前面的“I'm not sure.”可知后面说的内容是一种猜测，一种可能的情况。
14 . A
【解析】
so that“以便”；even though“即使”；as soon as“一……就……”。根据句意可知我们应该保护环境，这样我们才能创造一个更美好的世界来居住。故答案选 A。
15 . B
【解析】
句意：——我父母之间的关系变得很紧张，我该怎么办？——你可以多做些家务以便他们有更多的时间进行适当的交流。instrument 仪器；communication 交流；community 社区。
第二部分
16 . C
【解析】
由第一段中的 We talked about our schooldays on the phone 可推知，我接到了一个朋友的电话。故选 C。
17 . B
【解析】
本句使用了现在完成时态，a very long time 是一段时间，故用 for。
18 . A
【解析】
由第二段中反复提到的名词 mother 可知，朋友在电话里开始谈论自己的“妈妈”。故选 A。
19 . A
【解析】
由前面的 couldn't 可知，本句用一般过去时态，故选 A。
20 . D
【解析】
be angry with sb. 生某人的气，是固定搭配。
21 . B
【解析】
此处表示“我的朋友让他妈妈停止说话”。ask sb. to do sth. 让某人做某事，是固定搭配。
22 . A
【解析】
由前文的 The doctor said she had a kind of mental disease...My friend was very sad. 可推知，朋友的妈妈得了严重的心理疾病，无法像正常人一样照顾自己，朋友认为是自己的错才导致此情况发生，所以在电话里“哭”得像个孩子。
23 . B
【解析】
句意：他说如果他妈妈情况好转，他可以做任何事情。由句意可知选 B。
24 . D
【解析】
分析句子结构可知，our parents love us and care for us all the time 是宾语从句，语义完整且不缺成分，故用 that 引导。
25 . C
【解析】
too 用于肯定句，一般位于句末；either 用于否定句，位于句末；also 用于肯定句，位于行为动词之前、系动词/助动词或情态动词之后；else 位于所修饰词之后。故选 C。
第三部分
26 . C
【解析】
此题是细节理解题。答案出处：Our parents are important people in our life. They are our first teachers in our life. They love us and help us all the time. 我们的父母是我们生活中重要的人。他们是我们生命中的第一位老师。他们一直爱我们，帮助我们。
因此，正确答案是C。
27 . B
【解析】
此题是细节理解题。答案出处：Have fun together 一起娱乐。Be Kind 要体贴。Ask for help 寻求帮助。Have a try 努力。一共是四个建议。
因此，正确答案是B。
28 . D
【解析】
此题是细节理解题。答案出处：Have fun together 一起娱乐。Go outside together, try some sports, or go to the movies. 一起出去，尝试一些运动，或者去看电影。
因此，正确答案是D。
29 . B
【解析】
此题是细节理解题。答案出处：When you are in trouble or meet some sad things, you can ask your parents for help and advice. 当你遇到麻烦或遇到一些悲伤的事情，你可以向你的父母寻求帮助和建议。
因此，正确答案是B。
30 . C
【解析】
此题是最佳标题题。答案出处：But do you want to get on well with them Here are some ways to help you to be happy with your parents. 但是你想和他们好好相处吗？这里有一些方法可以帮助你和父母快乐相处。文章提及了四个相关的建议。故“如何和父母快乐相处”是最佳标题。
因此，正确答案是C。
31 . B
【解析】
由第一段中的“But in the United States, you might be considered a bookworm if you cannot socialize.”可知在美国，不会社交的学生会被看作智力障碍者。
32 . A
【解析】
由第二段第一句“Lots of high schools often have soccer games during the autumn term.”可知选 A。
33 . D
【解析】
由第二段中的“go to the games in order to socialize”和第三段中的“The other common way to socialize is…”可知文中共提到两种社交方法。
34 . C
【解析】
根据文章第二段中的“I joined some of the soccer games in order to have fun with my friends”可知作者去参加足球比赛是为了和朋友一起玩。
35 . B
【解析】
由文章最后一段“Socializing is an important thing in the US. But grades are still important, too. An all-around student should have the ability to balance his or her studying and socializing.”可知，作者认为社交在美国是一件重要的事，但成绩也重要。一个全面发展的学生应该具备平衡学习和社交的能力。
36 . C
【解析】
根据上文可知此处应是安迪说出不开心的原因，故 C 项符合题意。
37 . D
【解析】
根据答语可知此处是问安迪几点开始学习的，故选 D。
38 . E
【解析】
根据前一句“哦，那时间太长了”可知是劝安迪应该学会放松，故选 E。
39 . F
【解析】
根据答语“我认为他们不会理解我的”可知对方建议安迪去跟父母谈谈，故选 F。
40 . B
【解析】
安迪在听了对方的话后表示愿意试一试，故 B 项符合题意。
第四部分
41 . ways/ keys/ suggestions/ points/ ideas/ opinions
【解析】
根据短文的内容可知改善和父母的关系有四种方法。
42 . what/ whatever
【解析】
根据短文第二段第二句可知要弄清或知道父母想告诉你的任何事情。
43 . polite/ proper/ suitable/ right
【解析】
由短文第三段第一句可得出答案。
44 . instead of
【解析】
由短文第四段倒数第二句可得出答案。
45 . by
【解析】
根据短文第五段第一句可知，可以通过和父母相处来建立彼此之间的信任，故用介词 by（通过）。
第五部分
46 . guess
pete
48 . offered/ ffered
49 . member/ ember
50 . nervous
51 . llow/ allow
52 . wrong/ rong
53 . elder/ lder
municate
55 . Secondly/ Second
56 . understand/ nderstand
【解析】
句意：他们说他们的父母不理解他们。根据前面的 don't 可知此处填写动词 understand。
57 . strict
【解析】
be strict with sb. 意为“对某人要求严格”，故此处填写 strict。
58 . seldom/ eldom
【解析】
由句意可知孩子们认为父母很少放手让他们决定自己的事，故此处填写副词 seldom。
59 . difficult/ ifficult
【解析】
由句意可知此处指父母发现很难赢得孩子的信任，故此处填写形容词 difficult。
60 . without/ ithout
【解析】
此处指年轻人做事情不多加思考，故此处要用介词 without“没有”。
61 . situation
【解析】
此处指面对任何困境，故用名词 situation。
62 . worry
【解析】
句意：年纪大些的人更易忧心。主语是 Older people，结合句意可知用动词 worry。
63 . least/ east
【解析】
at least 意为“至少”，符合题意。
64 . alone
【解析】
句意：你只想自己不受干扰，做你喜欢的事情。此处填写副词 alone。
65 . control/ ontrol
【解析】
句意：在你作为一个孩子完全在父母的管束下那么多年后，这再自然不过了。由句意可知填写 control。
第六部分
66 . worked, out
【解析】
work out 解决；题干时态是一般过去时，因此用worked。
67 . on, the, phone
68 . refused, to, come
69 . was, angry, with
70 . so, that
第七部分
71 . How to get on with parents
As teenagers, it's important to get on with parents. What should we do
Firstly, we should spend some time communicating with our parents. For example, we may talk about our teachers, classmates or the things that happen in school. Secondly, we should do something with our parents each week, such as making dinner or going shopping. We'll improve our relationship with them in this way. Thirdly, we'd better discuss our problems with them. They will help us find better ways to solve them.
It's not easy to get on with parents. So we should learn to be understanding first.
第1页（共1 页）人教版八下英语 Unit3 Could you please clean your room B基础
一、单项选择（共10小题；共20分）
1. Could you please _____ the door It's cold outside.
A.open B.not open C.climb D.not climb
2. —The local food may taste a bit strange.
—Well, _____ we are here, why not give it a try
A.though B.unless C.since D.because
3. "Stall Economy" (地摊经济) has won high praise from Premier Li Keqiang because it can _____ the people with more chances to work.
A.offer B.provide C.give
4. —Could you tell me why you learn English so well
—It's very simple. _____ you study, _____ grades you will get.
A.The harder; better B.The harder; the better
C.Harder; better D.Harder; the better
5. —Can you come to my party
—I'd love to, but I have no time. I need to _____ my sister at home.
A.take away B.take off C.take care of D.take out of
6. I don't like this restaurant. It's noisy, smelly, and _____, it's too expensive.
A.again B.though C.anyway D.instead
7. —It's said that Tina will go to Canada by herself.
—Yes. of her parents will go with her.
A.Both B.Neither C.Either
8. —The girl is _____; her parents are working now.
—Let's take her to the hospital and look after her.
A.ill B.tired C.clever D.alone
9. —Some research suggests that walking helps people live longer.
—I quite agree, but it _____ on when and how they walk.
A.remains B.separates C.returns D.depends
10. We got up early _____ catch the early bus.
A.so that B.in order that C.such that D.in order to
二、阅读理解-阅读选择（共1小题；共10分）
Son: Can I go outside to play, Dad
Dad: Well, _____11_____
Son: Ah, Dad. Do I have to
Dad: _____12_____ No playing until the work is done.
Son: _____13_____
Dad: Well, first, you have to clean the bathroom including the toilet (厕所). And don't forget to scrub (擦洗) the bathtub.
Son: No, _____14_____
Dad: Well, okay, but you have to sweep the family room and the hall, and be sure to dust everything. Oh, don't forget to wipe the walls. And after that, sweep the kitchen floor and be sure to clean the table in the living room.
Son: Okay.
Dad: _____15_____ And…
Son: More
Dad: Yeah. And then, how about going out for lunch and getting a big milk shake, but you probably don't want to do that.
Son: No. I want to.
Dad: Okay. While you're doing your work, I'll be out in the yard watering the flowers.
11. A.So, what is my work
B.Do you want me to do some chores
C.do you finish your Saturday's work
D.I want to sweep the family room.
E.You should go and take out the rubbish at first.
F.Well, you know the rules.
G.And make your bed and pick up all your toys and put them away.
12. A.So, what is my work
B.Do you want me to do some chores
C.do you finish your Saturday's work
D.I want to sweep the family room.
E.You should go and take out the rubbish at first.
F.Well, you know the rules.
G.And make your bed and pick up all your toys and put them away.
13. A.So, what is my work
B.Do you want me to do some chores
C.do you finish your Saturday's work
D.I want to sweep the family room.
E.You should go and take out the rubbish at first.
F.Well, you know the rules.
G.And make your bed and pick up all your toys and put them away.
14. A.So, what is my work
B.Do you want me to do some chores
C.do you finish your Saturday's work
D.I want to sweep the family room.
E.You should go and take out the rubbish at first.
F.Well, you know the rules.
G.And make your bed and pick up all your toys and put them away.
15. A.So, what is my work
B.Do you want me to do some chores
C.do you finish your Saturday's work
D.I want to sweep the family room.
E.You should go and take out the rubbish at first.
F.Well, you know the rules.
G.And make your bed and pick up all your toys and put them away.
三、句子填空（共5小题；共10分）
16. I hope trade (贸易) between our two countries will _____ (发展) rapidly.
17. I don't think it's _____ (公平的).
18. The glass _____ (掉下) onto the ground and was in pieces.
19. Nowadays most people have too much _____ (精神压力).
20. The teacher will tell us the _____ (结果) of the competition.
四、短文填空（共1小题；共16分）
Maybe it's difficult to get your kids to do _____21_____, such as washing clothes or taking out the trash. It doesn't matter. These ideas can help you.
●Let your kids know _____22_____ they need to do chores for the family. You might say, "Now you're old _____23_____. I really need your help around here. What jobs do you think you are ready for "
●Give your kids some instructions before they start. Some chores are easy for us, but _____24_____ for kids, so it's important to show them how to do them. _____25_____ let your kids watch you. Then do the chores together. Finally let them try by _____26_____.
●Remember to say "Very good" or "Thanks". Children need praise and thanks _____27_____ what they do. You must tell them how well they do the work and how thankful you are.
●Allowances (零花钱) can be a good way to make your kids finish their chores. Many parents don't agree _____28_____ this idea though. Allowances can let your kids learn the importance of hard work and save for things they want.
21. _____
22. _____
23. _____
24. _____
25. _____
26. _____
27. _____
28. _____
五、完成句子（共5小题；共10分）
29. 我觉得对孩子们来说，学会怎样做家务以及帮助父母做家务是很重要的。
I think _____ _____ important _____ children _____ _____ how to do chores and help their parents with housework.
30. 为了取得好成绩，进入一所好大学，我们应该把我们的时间花在学业上。
We should _____ our time _____ schoolwork _____ _____ _____ get good grades and get into a good university.
31. 在家中为孩子们提供一个干净、舒适的环境是父母的事情。
It is the parents' job _____ _____ a clean and comfortable environment at home _____ their children.
32. 我不明白为什么一些父母让孩子在家帮忙做家务杂事。
I do not understand _____ some parents _____ their kids _____ with housework and chores at home.
33. 而且，当他们长大一点时，他们将不得不做家务，所以对他们来说现在没有必要做。
Also, _____ they get older, they _____ _____ _____ do housework so _____ _____ _____ _____ for them to do it now.
答案
第一部分
1 . B
【解析】
句意：请你不要打开门，好吗？外面冷。Could you please not do sth. 意为“请问，你能不……吗？”，故答案选 B。
2 . C
【解析】
句意：——当地食物也许尝起来有点奇怪。——嗯，既然我们到这儿了，为什么不试一试呢？由句意可知此处是用 since 引导原因状语从句，since 在此处意为“既然；因为”。
3 . B
【解析】
句意：“地摊经济”得到了李克强总理的高度赞扬，因为它能为人们提供更多的就业机会。provide 表示“提供”，常用 provide sb. with sth. 或 provide sth. for sb. 结构；offer 表示“提供”，常用 offer sb. sth. 结构。根据句中的 with 可知选 B。
4 . B
【解析】
句意：——你能告诉我为什么你英语学得这么好吗？——很简单，你学习越努力，你得到的成绩就越好。分析句子可知，此处构成“the+比较级…，the+比较级……”结构，意为“越……，就越……”。
5 . C
【解析】
句意：——你能来参加我的聚会吗？——我想去，但我没时间。我需要在家照看我的妹妹。take care of 意为“照看；照料”，符合句意。take away“带走”；take off“脱下；起飞”；take out of“从……中取出”，均与句意不符。
6 . C
【解析】
句意：我不喜欢这家餐馆。它又吵又难闻，而且价格还太贵。again“再；又”；though“尽管；虽然”；anyway“而且；加之”；instead“反而；代替”。由句意可知答案选 C。
7 . B
【解析】
此题考查的是代词辨析。句意：——据说Tina要自己去加拿大。——是的。她父母都不和她一起去。both 两者都；neither 两者都不; either 两者中的任何一个。根据by herself可知是要自己去，父母都不去，用neither符合题意。
因此，正确答案是B。
8 . A
【解析】
句意：——这个女孩病了，她的父母现在正在工作。——我们带她去医院和照顾她吧。根据“带她去医院”可知这个女孩是生病了。
9 . D
【解析】
句意：——一些调查表明走路能帮助人们活得更长。——我相当赞同这一说法，但是它取决于人们何时和怎样走路。remain“留下；遗留”；separate“使分开”；return“返回；归还”；depend“依赖，依靠”。结合句意可知选 D。
10 . D
【解析】
句意：我们早早地起床去赶早班车。so that“以至于”，后接句子；in order that“以便”，后接句子；in order to“为了，目的是”，常用 in order to do sth.。
第二部分
11 . C
【解析】
根据下文“Ah, Dad. Do I have to （啊，爸爸，我必须做吗？）”可知此处是爸爸询问儿子有没有完成周六的工作（家务活），故答案选 C。
12 . F
【解析】
根据后一句“No playing until the work is done.（直到完成工作才可以玩。）”可猜测这应该是他们之间定的规矩，故答案选 F。
13 . A
【解析】
根据下面爸爸所说的话可知儿子在问自己的任务是什么，故答案选 A。
14 . D
【解析】
根据前面的内容可知爸爸让儿子打扫浴室，刷马桶，擦浴缸和后面的内容“Well, okay, but you have to sweep the family room and the hall...”可知儿子不想做前面那些事，而是想打扫家庭娱乐室，故选 D。
15 . G
【解析】
根据后面的“And...”及所给选项可知，爸爸继续给儿子布置任务，故选 G。
第三部分
16 . develop
17 . fair
18 . dropped
19 . stress
20 . result
第四部分
21 . chores/ housework
【解析】
根据后面的“such as washing clothes or taking out the trash”可知此处说的是做家务/杂务。
22 . why
【解析】
句意：让你的孩子们知道他们为什么需要为家人做家务。下文是需要做家务的原因，故此处的连接词用 why。
23 . enough
【解析】
由语境可知此处表示“年龄足够大”，故用 enough。
24 . difficult
【解析】
根据前面的 easy 和 but 可知此处是说对我们来说简单的家务，对孩子们来说会有点难。
25 . First
【解析】
由后面的 Then 和 Finally 可知此处用 First。
26 . themselves
【解析】
句意：最后让他们自己尝试着做。by oneself 意为“靠某人自己”，由 them 可知此处应填 themselves。
27 . for
【解析】
for 意为“因为”。
28 . on/ about
【解析】
agree on/ about 意为“同意某事”。
第五部分
29 . it, is, for, to, learn
30 . spend, on, in, order, to
31 . to, provide, for
32 . why, make, help
33 . when, will, have, to, there, is, no, need
第1页（共1 页）人教版八下英语 Unit 5 What were you doing when ...B基础
一、单项选择（共6小题；共12分）
1. The last BeiDou navigation satellite (北斗卫星导航) _____ successfully last month.
A.was sent up B.sent up C.has sent up
2. I _____ a math problem with Joe when Mike called me up.
A.have discussed B.discussed
C.was discussing
3. —I found a good job in the big city _____.
A.completely B.loudly C.differently D.recently
4. After we watched TV yesterday, we knew the _____ about the traffic accident.
A.plan B.truth C.decision D.opinion
5. —You are the same age, but your hobbies and thoughts are _____ different.
—You are right.
A.heavily B.carefully C.completely D.happily
6. —How strange! You sit in your room _____ for a long time, Li Ming.
—I just want to be quiet for a while. I'm sorry, Dad. I failed the test again.
A.in silence B.in person C.in public D.in fact
二、阅读理解-阅读选择（共1小题；共10分）
On a rainy night, a boy was walking along the street. _____7_____ When he came over, other people seemed to be afraid of him and ran away. He walked and walked, but nobody wanted to talk to him.
_____8_____ The girl didn't run away, but said to him, "Hi! You look like one of my old friends. What's your name, please " "Really I am Sadness," answered the boy. "Oh. I know you. You visit me sometimes." "_____9_____" "But why "
"Because I'm Sadness. In fact, nobody likes me. I only want to give people some help. I can help them face themselves properly. _____10_____ Sometimes those wounds (伤口) can help them remember what should be remembered. However, it seems that they don't need me."
While Sadness was saying these words, he became even sadder. The girl came over and gave him a hug and said, "Don't worry. _____11_____ I will be with you!"
"But who are you " asked Sadness. "Me I'm Hope," said the girl with a smile.
7. A.Aren't you afraid of me
B.From now on, you won't feel lonely any more.
C.He was just beginning to cry when he met a girl.
D.I often build a place for each of them to care for their wounds.
E.He felt lonely, because people would not treat (对待) him as their friend.
8. A.Aren't you afraid of me
B.From now on, you won't feel lonely any more.
C.He was just beginning to cry when he met a girl.
D.I often build a place for each of them to care for their wounds.
E.He felt lonely, because people would not treat (对待) him as their friend.
9. A.Aren't you afraid of me
B.From now on, you won't feel lonely any more.
C.He was just beginning to cry when he met a girl.
D.I often build a place for each of them to care for their wounds.
E.He felt lonely, because people would not treat (对待) him as their friend.
10. A.Aren't you afraid of me
B.From now on, you won't feel lonely any more.
C.He was just beginning to cry when he met a girl.
D.I often build a place for each of them to care for their wounds.
E.He felt lonely, because people would not treat (对待) him as their friend.
11. A.Aren't you afraid of me
B.From now on, you won't feel lonely any more.
C.He was just beginning to cry when he met a girl.
D.I often build a place for each of them to care for their wounds.
E.He felt lonely, because people would not treat (对待) him as their friend.
三、句子填空（共1小题；共10分）
date, shocked, pupil, tower, realize
12. We are looking forward to visting the Eiffel _____ one day.
13. She is only eight years old. She is a _____ in a primary school.
14. We couldn't believe it. We were all _____ when we knew the news.
15. —What's the _____ today
—It's September 10th.
16. I _____ I did something wrong. So I said sorry to my mother.
四、短文填空（共1小题；共10分）
A: What were you doing last night I called you at seven and you didn't _____17_____ up.
B: Oh, I was in the kitchen helping my mom.
A: I _____18_____. I called again at eight and you didn't answer then either.
B: What was I doing at eight Oh, I know. When you called, I was taking a shower.
A: But then I called _____19_____ at nine.
B: Oh, I was sleeping at that time.
A: So early That's strange.
B: Yes, I was tired. _____20_____ did you call so many times
A: I needed help with my homework. So _____21_____ you were sleeping, I called Jenny and she helped me.
17. _____
18. _____
19. _____
20. _____
21. _____
五、句型运用（共5小题；共10分）
22. The old man couldn't find anywhere to live. (改为同义句)
The old man could _____ _____ to live.
23. I was cleaning windows at home at that time yesterday. (对画线部分提问)
_____ _____ you cleaning windows at that time yesterday
24. She was reading a book when I saw her. (对画线部分提问)
_____ _____ she _____ when you saw her
25. I want to know what I should do next. (改为同义句)
I want to know what _____ _____ next.
26. I went to bed after I finished my homework last night. (改为同义句)
I _____ go to bed _____ I finished my homework last night.
六、完成句子（共6小题；共12分）
27. 音乐会结束后，我们从大厅走了出来。
When the concert was over, we _____ _____ _____ to get out of the hall.
28. 你认为这篇文章讲的是关于哪个特别的节日的？
Which special day do you think the _____ is _____
29. 他向窗外看，看到了一只小鸟。
He _____ _____ _____ the window and saw a bird.
30. 这些建筑物将会被拆除吗？
Will the buildings be _____ _____
31. 我不记得我当时正在做什么。
I didn't remember _____ _____ _____ _____ at that time.
32. 他太害怕了，以至于把包掉在了地上。
He was _____ scared _____ he dropped the bag on the ground.
七、连词成句（共1小题；共2分）
33. TV, night, I, watching, at, was, 10:00, last (连词成句)
_____
答案
第一部分
1 . A
【解析】
主语与谓语动词之间为被动关系，因此用被动语态，last month 是过去的时间，故用一般过去时。
2 . C
【解析】
句意：当迈克给我打电话的时候，我正在和乔讨论一道数学题。此处 when 引导的时间状语从句使用一般过去时，主句用过去进行时。故选 C。
3 . D
【解析】
句意:——我最近在这个大城市里找到了一份好工作。——你多么幸运啊!
completely“完全地,完整地”；loudly“大声地”；differently“不同地”；recently“最近”。根据句意可知答案选 D。
4 . B
【解析】
句意：昨晚看过电视之后，我们知道了交通事故的真相。A 项意为“计划”；B 项意为“真相”；C 项意为“决定”；D 项意为“意见”。由句意可知选 B。
5 . C
【解析】
句意：——你们是同龄人，但你们的爱好和想法却完全不同。——你说得对。heavily 意为“大量地”；carefully 意为“仔细地”；completely 意为“完全地；彻底地”；happily 意为“幸福地；愉快地”。由句意可知选 C。
6 . A
【解析】
in silence“沉默”；in person“亲自”；in public“公开地；当众”；in fact“实际上”。由“我只想安静一会儿。抱歉，爸爸，我考试又没及格”可推知此处意为“李明，你默默地坐在房间里好长时间了”。故选 A。
第二部分
7 . E
【解析】
根据后一句“When he came over, other people seemed to be afraid of him and ran away.”可知人们不愿意接近他，似乎有点害怕他，故 E 项符合语境。
8 . C
【解析】
根据后面“The girl didn't run away”及结合所给选项可知，当他正要开始哭时，他遇到一个女孩。
9 . A
【解析】
根据前面的内容可知人们见到他都会害怕他而远离他，因此他问这个女孩不怕他吗。
10 . D
【解析】
根据后一句“Sometimes those wounds can help them remember what should be remembered. 有时那些伤口能帮助他们记住应该记住的事情。”可知 D 项“我经常为他们每个人建造一个地方来照顾他们的伤口。”符合题意。
11 . B
【解析】
根据后面的“I will be with you! 我会与你在一起！”可猜测女孩对男孩说以后他不会再孤单，她会和他在一起。
第三部分
12 . Tower
【解析】
句意：我们期望有一天能去参观埃菲尔铁塔。埃菲尔铁塔是专有名词，故单词的首字母大写。
13 . pupil
【解析】
根据后面的 in a primary school 可知她是一个学生。
14 . shocked
【解析】
句意：我们无法相信它。当知道这个消息时，我们都震惊了。shocked 意为“震惊的”。
15 . date
【解析】
根据答语可知此句询问的是日期，故用名词 date。
16 . realized
【解析】
句意：我意识到我做错了事。因此我跟妈妈道歉了。这两句都是一般过去时态，故用 realized。
第四部分
17 . pick
【解析】
句意：我 7 点钟给你打电话，你没有接。pick up 意为“接电话”。
18 . see
【解析】
当对方说当时自己在厨房里帮妈妈时，应用“我明白了”回应。
19 . again
【解析】
根据前面的 7 点钟和 8 点钟都打过电话但没人接可知，9 点钟又打了一次。
20 . Why
【解析】
根据答语可知此句是问打这么多次电话的原因，故疑问词用 why，句首单词首字母应大写。
21 . while
【解析】
根据从句为过去进行时态可知用 while，while 引导的从句中的动词必须是延续性动词。
第五部分
22 . find, nowhere
23 . Where, were
24 . What, was, doing
【解析】
根据题目要求知，该题要求对划线部分提问。划线部分为动作。此处应使用疑问词 what。
25 . to, do
26 . didn't, until
第六部分
27 . made, our, way
28 . passage, about
29 . looked, out, of
30 . taken, down
31 . what, I, was, doing
32 . so, that
第七部分
33 . I was watching TV at 10:00 last night.
第1页（共1 页）人教版八下英语 期中测试1
一、单项选择（共15小题；共30分）
1. The little boy _____ the seat to an old man on the bus.
A.offered B.lent C.took D.brought
2. Mr. Brown _____ a newspaper when the earthquake in Nepal happened.
A.is reading B.was reading C.were reading
3. As a volunteer, the girl wants to visit sick kids in the hospital _____ them up.
A.cheers B.cheering C.to cheer
4. —Now teenage idols (偶像) have a _____ influence on our children.
—I agree. So they must pay attention to their behavior.
A.strong B.popular C.famous D.thick
5. —This book is a bit hard. _____ try something easier
—All right.
A.Why not to B.Why don't C.Why not D.Why not you
6. As _____ volunteer at the Beijing Expo 2019 (园艺博览会), Lu Ming understands _____ idea of green life better than before.
A.a; an B.a; the C.the; an D.the; the
7. —I didn't understand the story in this unit. What about you, Bob
—_____.
A.So did I. B.Neither do I.
C.Nor I am. D.Neither did I.
8. I was writing a diary _____ my brother was watching TV yesterday evening.
A.before B.after C.until D.while
9. My parents don't allow me _____ out with my friends.
A.to hang B.hang C.hanging
10. —I have _____ bad headache.
—I think you need to get _____ X-ray.
A.the; a B.a; the C.a; an
11. —Could you please clean the house
—_____ I am busy with my work.
A.Yes, sure. B.Sorry, I can't.
C.I'm sorry to hear that.
12. She had a _____, so she went to see the dentist.
A.headache B.stomachache C.toothache D.fever
13. —I forgot to take my wallet. Can you _____ me some money
—No problem. Here you are.
A.lend B.borrow C.buy D.keep
14. He finally _____ when the wind was dying down around 3:00 a.m.
A.fall asleep B.feel asleep C.felt asleep D.fell asleep
15. —Could you please provide us _____ some information about the accident
—Sure. It happened _____ the morning of June 5th.
A.to; on B.for; in C.with; in D.with; on
二、完形填空（共1小题；共20分）
It was Thanksgiving. Snow was falling when Bob _____16_____ towards the city park. Bob was deserted (遗弃) by his parents and was raised (抚养) by a kind man. Two years ago, to be _____17_____, Bob built a tradition. That was to take his Thanksgiving dinner to the park to share with a homeless person.
The park was _____18_____. Everyone was home enjoying their dinner. After arriving at the park, Bob saw an old woman sitting on a bench (长椅). Bob stopped his car in a parking place and got out. He took the _____19_____ from the front seat and began walking towards her. When he stood beside her, she jumped as if (好像) she had _____20_____ been woken up from sleeping. She looked up _____21_____ Bob, and then her eyes brightened.
''Good evening, madam,'' Bob said, smiling. "I've brought you some Thanksgiving dinner. Would you like to share it with me '' The woman nodded and Bob served her the food and then watched her _____22_____ she ate happily. When the woman finished, he _____23_____ the table. Then he took twenty dollars out of his wallet.
He put the _____24_____ into her hand. Then he kissed her lightly on the forehead and said, ''Thank you for _____25_____ my Thanksgiving dinner.'' With that, he took his dishes from the table and returned to the car.
16. A.walked B.drove C.ran
17. A.thankful B.successful C.surprised
18. A.noisy B.crowded C.empty
19. A.flowers B.food C.books
20. A.suddenly B.quietly C.carefully
21. A.after B.to C.at
22. A.because B.as C.since
23. A.cleared B.broke C.covered
24. A.dishes B.money C.keys
25. A.bringing B.cooking C.sharing
三、阅读理解-阅读选择（共4小题；共40分）
It was Mother's Day. A man stopped his car at a flower shop to order some flowers. He wanted the shopkeeper to send the flowers to his mother, who lived two hundred miles away.
As he got out of his car, he found a young girl sitting on the road crying.
He asked her what was wrong and she replied, "I want to buy a red rose for my mother, but I only have seventy-five cents. A rose costs two dollars."
The man smiled and said, "Come into the shop with me, and I'll buy you a rose."
He bought the little girl her rose and ordered his own mother's flowers. As they were leaving, he offered to drive the little girl home. She said, "Yes, please! You can take me to my mother." She brought him to a cemetery (墓地), where she placed the rose on the grave.
The man was moved. He returned to the flower shop, picked up the flowers he ordered, and drove two hundred miles to his mother's house.
Send a flower to your kind and beautiful mother on Mother's Day.
26. The man went to the shop to _____.
A.have a rest B.order some flowers
C.buy some food
27. The man's mother lived _____ away from the flower shop.
A.2 kilometers B.200 kilometers
C.200 miles
28. The girl was crying on the road because _____.
A.she was hungry B.she got hurt
C.she couldn't afford a rose
29. After the man bought the girl a rose, they went to _____ together.
A.the cemetery B.his shop
C.the girl's home
30. We can learn from the passage that _____.
A.the girl loved flowers very much
B.the girl loved her mother very much
C.the shopkeeper sent the flowers to the man's mother
Sir, I think I will tell you what happened last night. My husband Mr. Smith went to bed at about half past ten. The servants had already gone to their rooms. Only my housekeeper stayed in her room at the top of the house until I needed her.
I read a book in this room until after eleven. Then I walked round to make sure that all was right before I went upstairs (楼上). I went into the kitchen, the storeroom, the living room, and finally the dining room. As I came near the window, which was covered with thick curtains (窗帘), I suddenly felt the wind blow on my face, and realized that it was open. I pulled the curtains to one side, and found myself face to face with a man who had just walked into the room. By the light of my bedroom candle, I saw two other men entering behind the first. I was so scared, walking back quickly, but the man was on me in a minute. He caught me first by the wrist (手腕) and then by the throat. I tried to shout, but he hit me heavily in the eye, and I fell to the ground. I must have been unconscious for a few minutes. When I woke up, I found they had tied me to the chair, and a scarf round my mouth stopped me from making any sound. At this time, my unlucky husband came into the room. He had certainly heard some suspicious (令人怀疑的) sounds, and he came prepared. When he rushed at one of the bad men, another man took the poker (拨火棍) out of the fireplace quietly and hit him heavily as he passed. My husband fell without a sound and never moved again.
31. When did the bad men go into the house
A.Before Mr. Smith went to bed.
B.While Mrs. Smith was reading a book.
C.Before the servants went to their rooms.
D.When Mrs. Smith was checking the rooms.
32. Where did the event take place
A.In the kitchen. B.In the dining room.
C.In the living room. D.In the storeroom.
33. What does the underlined word "unconscious" mean
A.昏迷的 B.疼痛的 C.窘迫的 D.发狂的
34. What did the bad men NOT do after they went into the house
A.They caught Mrs. Smith by the hair.
B.They hit Mrs. Smith heavily.
C.They tied Mrs. Smith.
D.They killed Mr. Smith.
35. Which statement is TRUE according to the passage
A.Mrs. Smith was too scared to cry for help.
B.The bad men went into the room through the door.
C.Mr. Smith guessed something unusual was happening.
D.Mr. Smith knew how many bad men were in the house.
A: Hi, Mrs. Wang!
B: Hello, Mrs. Lin!
A: I called you at 10:00 this morning, but there was no reply.
B: I was shopping at that time.
A: _____36_____
B: Yes, I bought two T-shirts and a pair of sports shoes. _____37_____
A: _____38_____
B: It took me the whole morning. I hate shopping in the crowded supermarket.
A: _____39_____ But I like shopping online.
B: Shopping online
A: Yes, it's fast and easy. _____40_____
B: I think I'll have a try next time.
36. A.So do I.
B.Did you buy anything
C.What did you buy
D.It can save a lot of time.
E.How long did it take you
F.Did it take you a long time
G.But there were too many people in the supermarket.
37. A.So do I.
B.Did you buy anything
C.What did you buy
D.It can save a lot of time.
E.How long did it take you
F.Did it take you a long time
G.But there were too many people in the supermarket.
38. A.So do I.
B.Did you buy anything
C.What did you buy
D.It can save a lot of time.
E.How long did it take you
F.Did it take you a long time
G.But there were too many people in the supermarket.
39. A.So do I.
B.Did you buy anything
C.What did you buy
D.It can save a lot of time.
E.How long did it take you
F.Did it take you a long time
G.But there were too many people in the supermarket.
40. A.So do I.
B.Did you buy anything
C.What did you buy
D.It can save a lot of time.
E.How long did it take you
F.Did it take you a long time
G.But there were too many people in the supermarket.
Boys and girls, welcome to Teen Talk. Do you often make friends on the Internet Do you have difficulties when you are chatting with your net friends (网友) What problems make you puzzled
Today, Professor (教授) David will give us some advice.
Problems Advice
Peter: If a net friend wants to know my phone number, what should I do You'd better not tell him/ her your phone number. Knowing your phone number, he/ she might know where you live, and they can call you or your parents often. Sometimes this will bring you much trouble.
John: I meet some adults. I have nothing to chat with them. If you don't like to talk with them, skip it. And look for some information you like. But sometimes, some adults may give you some useful advice.
George: If a net friend wants to visit my home or invite me to his/ hers, what should I do If you want to see him/ her, make sure that at least one of your parents can go with you.
Victor: What else should we pay attention (注意) to If someone asks you not to tell your parents about him/ her, you must tell your parents at once. If they don't tell you much about themselves, maybe they are not who they say they are.
41. This passage is a _____.
A.talk show B.game show C.sports show
42. What's the problem with the kids
A.They don't know how to talk to the professor.
B.They don't know what to do on the Internet.
C.They don't know what they should do when their net friends ask them to do something.
43. What do the underlined words "skip it" mean according to the passage
A.忍受它 B.不用理它 C.安静地听它
44. If your strange net friend wants to visit your home or invite you to visit him/ her, you should _____ according to the professor's advice.
A.be friendly to him/ her
B.meet him/ her alone at once
C.make sure one of your parents can go with you
45. What's the professor's opinion (观点)
A.Don't tell much about yourselves to strangers on the Internet.
B.Don't make friends on the Internet.
C.You should believe what your net friends say.
四、阅读理解-阅读回答问题（共1小题；共10分）
He Studies Harder than He Used to
Li Wen is a normal 15-year-old boy from the countryside. He works very hard and does well in school. It is hard to believe that he used to have difficulties in school. When he was a little boy, he seldom caused any problems, and his family spent a lot of time together. Unfortunately, things began to change a few years ago. His parents moved to the city to look for jobs, and his grandparents came to take care (1) _____ him. But he missed his parents so much and he often felt lonely and unhappy.
Li Wen's unhappiness began to influence his schoolwork. He became less interested in studying. Sometimes he was absent from classes and failed his examinations. Finally, Li Wen's parents made the (2) _____ to send him to a boarding school, but Li Wen was shy and was not able to make friends quickly in school. He found life there difficult. One day he told his teacher that he wanted to leave school. His teacher was worried about him and she called his parents. (3) 她建议他们亲自与他们的儿子谈谈。So his parents took a 24-hour train and a 5-hour bus ride to get to Li Wen's school.
They had a long talk. "It was exactly what I needed," he said. "Now I understand that even though they are busy, they are always thinking of me. They take pride in everything good that I do."
After that, Li Wen's parents had much more communication with their son than before. Now Li Wen has really changed. He became more outgoing and made some good friends in school. He even joined the school basketball team and became active in many other activities. "I'm much happier now, and I work even harder than I used to. I know my parents love me and they're always proud of me," says Li Wen. "It's very important for parents to be there for their children."
46. 在（1）和（2）处填上适当的词（1）_____；（2）_____
47. 写出 He failed his examinations. 的同义句。
He _____ _____ his examinations.
48. 将（3）译成英语。
_____
49. 在文中找出 absence 的形容词_____，often 的反义词_____。
50. Do you think it is important for parents to be there for their children _____
Why _____
五、句子填空（共11小题；共40分）
51. Look! The _____ (倒下的) tree is lying on the road.
52. Some farmers can't _____ (返回) to their village within ten days.
53. Her mother _____ (想要) her brother to be a doctor last year. But now he is a soldier.
54. They had to stop the _____ (旅行) because of the flood yesterday.
55. They held a concert because they wanted to r_____ money for Project Hope.
56. You should t_____ the trash into the dustbin.
57. My mother doesn't a_____ me to swim in the river.
58. There are some coins on the _____ (地板). Are they yours
59. I am very tired. Can we stop walking to have a r_____
60. She was very sad. Her friends tried some ways to c_____ her up.
Anna lost her arms in a car accident when she was a child. What was worse, she lost her parents _____61_____ the age of twenty. Her elder sister, who was ten years _____62_____ (old) than her, wanted to take care of her. However, Anna refused _____63_____ (live) with her sister, saying that she would like to take care of herself. She managed to enter college and _____64_____ (study) very hard. Four years later, she graduated and found a job. Once she wrote in her diary, "I am quite lucky. I lost my arms, _____65_____ I still have my legs."
Anna chose to face her misfortune (不幸) in an active way. Instead of _____66_____ (feel) sad every day, she decided not to let it hold her back. She has taught us a good lesson. When something bad happens to us, we have two _____67_____ (choice). One is to complain (抱怨), and _____68_____ other is to face it bravely. If we choose to run away, _____69_____ will follow us wherever we go. If we decide to be strong, new hopes will come. So choose _____70_____ (wise).
61. _____
62. _____
63. _____
64. _____
65. _____
66. _____
67. _____
68. _____
69. _____
70. _____
六、书面表达（共1小题；共15分）
71. 宽容是一种美德。人与人之间难免会有磕磕绊绊。面对矛盾，多一份包容和谅解，生活就会多一缕阳光。
某英文网站正在开展以“包容和谅解”为主题的征文活动。假如你是李华，请用英语写一篇短文投稿，谈谈生活中你原谅他人的一次经历。
要点：
1）你们之间发生了什么事；
2）你为什么原谅他/她；
3）原谅他/她之后你的感受是什么。
要求：
1）文中不得出现真实姓名和学校名称；
2）词数：100 左右。
提示词语：hurt，realize（意识到），forgive（原谅），happy
_____
答案
第一部分
1 . A
【解析】
句意：这个小男孩在公共汽车上主动把座位让给了一位老人。offer“提供；主动提出”；lend“借出”；take“带去”；bring“带来”。offer sth. to sb. 表示“（主动）给某人提供某物”，根据句意可知选 A。
2 . B
【解析】
句意：当尼泊尔的地震发生时，布朗先生正在看报纸。
由句意可知地震发生时，看报纸的动作正在进行，故要用进行时；when 引导的状语从句是一般过去时，主句用过去进行时。
3 . C
【解析】
句意：作为一名志愿者，这个女孩想去医院看望生病的孩子，让他们振作起来。此处是动词不定式作目的状语。
4 . A
【解析】
句意：——现在青少年偶像对我们的孩子的影响非常大。——我同意你说的。因此他们必须注意自己的行为。strong 意为“强烈的”；popular 意为“流行的”；famous 意为“有名的”；thick 意为“浓的；厚的”。根据句意可知选 A。
5 . C
【解析】
Why don't you… 与 Why not do sth. 是同义句，意为“为什么不……？”。
6 . B
【解析】
第一空表示“作为一名志愿者”，空格处是数量“一”的含义，要用不定冠词 a；第二空表特指，要用定冠词 the。
7 . D
【解析】
句意：——我不明白这个单元中的这个故事。鲍勃,你呢 ——我也是（我也不明白）。由句意可知此处表示“我也不明白”，要用“Neither did I.”，故答案选 D。
8 . D
【解析】
句意：昨天晚上，我弟弟在看电视时，我在写日记。此处表示“当一个过去的动作发生时，另一个过去的动作也正在发生”。
9 . A
【解析】
allow sb. to do sth. 意为“允许某人做某事”。
10 . C
【解析】
have a bad headache 意为“头疼得厉害”，是固定用法；第二空表泛指，且 X-ray 是以元音音素开头的单词，故前面的冠词用 an。
11 . B
【解析】
根据答语的后一句“I am busy with my work. 我忙于工作。”可知此处是否定回答。
12 . C
【解析】
由题干中的“去看牙医”可知“她牙疼”，故 C 项符合语境。
13 . A
【解析】
结合语境可知，是让对方借钱给“我”，对方是借出钱。
14 . D
【解析】
句意：凌晨 3 点左右，当风力逐渐减弱时，他终于睡着了。fall asleep 意为“睡着”，when 引导的时间状语从句是过去进行时，主句用一般过去时。
15 . D
【解析】
provide sb. with sth. 意为“为某人提供某物”；在具体某一天的上午、下午或晚上用介词 on。
第二部分
16 . B
【解析】
考查动词辨析。根据后面的“Bob stopped his car in a parking place…”可知他是开车去的城市公园。
17 . A
【解析】
考查形容词用法。根据前一句“Bob was deserted by his parents and was raised by a kind man.”可知 Bob 是被父母遗弃，被好心人收养的，故可猜测此处是为了感恩，A 项符合题意。
18 . C
【解析】
考查形容词辨析。根据后一句“Everyone was home enjoying their dinner. 每个人都在家里享用晚餐。”可知此时的公园里是空荡荡的。
19 . B
【解析】
考查名词辨析。根据短文第一段中的句子“That was to take his Thanksgiving dinner to the park to share with a homeless person.”可知 Bob 是带着晚饭来的，故此处指的是从前排座位上拿出食物。
20 . A
【解析】
考查副词用法。她跳了起来，好像她突然从睡梦中醒来。A 项意为“突然地”；B 项意为“安静地”；C 项意为“仔细地”。由句意可知 A 项符合题意。
21 . C
【解析】
考查介词用法。由文中第二段中的句子“Bob saw an old woman sitting on a bench.”可知她是坐在长椅上的，故此处她是在抬头看 Bob。look up at 意为“抬头看；仰视”。
22 . B
【解析】
考查连词用法。句意：那个女人点点头，Bob 给她端上食物，然后看着她开心地吃着。because 意为“因为”；as 意为“当……时；如同”；since 意为“自从”。由句意可知 B 项符合题意。
23 . A
【解析】
考查动词辨析。句意：当这个女人吃完后，他清理了桌子。A 项意为“清除；使干净”，在此处是动词；B 项意为“打破；打断”；C 项意为“覆盖；遮盖”。由句意可知答案选 A。
24 . B
【解析】
考查名词用法。根据短文第三段中的句子“Then he took twenty dollars out of his wallet.”可知他把钱放到她手里。
25 . C
【解析】
考查动词词义辨析。根据短文第三段中的句子“Would you like to share it with me ”可知此处是感谢她和自己一起分享食物。
第三部分
26 . B
【解析】
根据短文第一段中的句子“A man stopped his car at a flower shop to order some flowers.”可知答案选 B。
27 . C
【解析】
根据短文第一段中的句子“He wanted the shopkeeper to send the flowers to his mother, who lived two hundred miles away.”可知答案选 C。
28 . C
【解析】
根据短文第三段中的句子“I want to buy a red rose for my mother, but I only have seventy-five cents. A rose costs two dollars.”可知女孩哭是因为买不起一朵玫瑰花。
29 . A
【解析】
根据短文第五段中的句子“She brought him to a cemetery, where she placed the rose on the grave.”可知他们去了墓地。
30 . B
【解析】
根据短文内容可知女孩买玫瑰花是去看望去世的母亲，由此可推测女孩很爱自己的母亲。
31 . D
【解析】
根据第二段中的 As I came near the window…found myself face to face with a man who had just walked into the room. 可知当史密斯夫人检查房间的时候坏人进入了房子。
32 . B
【解析】
根据第二段中的 I went into the kitchen, the storeroom, the living room, and finally the dining room. 及下文可知史密斯夫人最后来到餐厅，绑架事件发生在这里。
33 . A
【解析】
根据画线词后的句子 When I woke up, I found they had tied me to the chair, and a scarf round my mouth stopped me from making any sound. 中的关键词 woke up 可知史密斯夫人昏迷了一会儿。
34 . A
【解析】
根据第二段中的 He caught me first by the wrist and then by the throat. 可知坏人首先抓住史密斯夫人的手腕，然后是喉咙，并没有抓住头发，所以 A 项错误。
35 . C
【解析】
根据第二段中的 He had certainly heard some suspicious sounds…可知史密斯先生听到了令人怀疑的声音，所以他猜到有不寻常的事情发生。
36 . B
【解析】
根据王太太的回答可知林太太问她是不是买东西了，结合所给选项可知答案选 B。
37 . G
【解析】
根据句意和上下文可知，“But there were too many people in the supermarket.”符合语境。
38 . E
【解析】
根据王太太的回答“It took me the whole morning.”可知林太太问她花了多长时间，备选句子中“How long did it take you ”符合语境。
39 . A
【解析】
根据林太太的观点“But I like shopping online.”可知林太太认同王太太的说法，“So do I.”表达的就是这个意思。
40 . D
【解析】
根据林太太的话“it's fast and easy”可知林太太说的是网上购物的好处，结合所给选项可知选 D。
41 . A
【解析】
由第一句 Boys and girls, welcome to Teen Talk. 可推知，这是个谈话节目。
42 . C
【解析】
根据表格第一列的问题可推知，孩子们面临的问题是“当网友要求他们做些什么的时候他们不知道应该怎么做”。
43 . B
【解析】
根据前后文意可推知，如果你不喜欢和他们聊天的话，可以不用理睬。
44 . C
【解析】
由教授建议中的 If you want to see him/ her, make sure that at least one of your parents can go with you. 可知，要确保父母中的一个和你一起去。
45 . A
【解析】
由教授提供的建议可推知，对于网上的陌生人不要告诉他有关自己的太多事情。
第四部分
46 . (1) of; (2) decision
【解析】
take care of 意为“照顾”，是固定用法；make the decision 意为“做（这个）决定”。
47 . didn't pass
【解析】
fail 意为“失败”，就是没通过。
48 . She advised them to talk to/ with their son in person./ She advised them to communicate with their son in person.
49 . absent; seldom
【解析】
absence 的形容词是 absent；often 意为“经常”，反义词是 seldom“很少，不常”。
50 . Yes, I do./ Yes./ Yes, I think so.
Because communication between parents and children is good for children./ Because children need parents' more love and care.
【解析】
根据短文内容可推知是肯定回答。
第五部分
51 . fallen
52 . return
53 . meant
54 . journey
55 . raise/ aise
56 . throw/ hrow
57 . allow/ llow
58 . floor
59 . rest/ est
60 . cheer/ heer
61 . at
【解析】
考查固定搭配。at the age of 意为“在……岁时”。
62 . older
【解析】
考查比较等级。根据空格后的 than 可知此处应用比较级形式。
63 . to live
【解析】
考查固定搭配。表示“拒绝做某事”用 refuse to do sth.。
64 . studied
【解析】
考查动词时态。根据 and 前后时态一致的原则可知，此空需用一般过去时。
65 . but
【解析】
考查连词。由语境可知，前后两个分句为转折关系，故填 but。
66 . feeling
【解析】
考查非谓语动词。of 为介词，其后用动名词形式。
67 . choices
【解析】
考查名词。choice 为可数名词，空格前为 two，故用复数形式。
68 . the
【解析】
考查冠词。one…the other 表示“一个……，另一个……”。
69 . it
【解析】
考查代词。根据前面的“face it bravely”可知此处也要用 it。
70 . wisely
【解析】
考查副词。句意：所以请明智地做出选择。choose 是动词，应用副词修饰，故填 wisely。
第六部分
71 . I still remember what happened between my best friend Li Kai and me.
About five days ago, I showed my favorite pen to him. He asked me to lend it to him. Although I wasn't happy, I still lent it to him because he was my best friend. But the next day, he told me that the pen was broken when he did his homework with it. I got so angry that I didn't talk to him the whole day.
When I got home, I told it to my father. But my father said I shouldn't be angry with Li Kai because he didn't mean to break it and that might hurt his feelings. Before I went to bed, I thought a lot. Finally, I chose to forgive him, because I realized that nothing was more important than friendship. What's more, I became very happy after I forgave him.
第1页（共1 页）人教版八下英语 Unit 3 Could you please clean your room 单元检测
一、单项选择（共15小题；共30分）
1. He saw a snake lying under the tree _____ surprise.
A.in B.to C.at D.with
2. —Jerry, could you tell me how to take a taxi through "Didi Taxi"
—_____.
A.Sure, I'd love to B.You are welcome
C.Take it easy
3. My parents are out. I have to _____ my baby brother.
A.look at B.look out C.look for D.take care of
4. Many students _____ history because they think it's boring.
A.like B.hate C.agree D.enjoy
5. —Could you please _____ me your dictionary
—Sorry. Jim _____ it yesterday and he hasn't returned it to me yet.
A.lend; borrowed B.lend; lent
C.lent; borrowed
6. Peter decided to take a taxi in order _____ late for the street show.
A.to be B.not to be C.to being D.not to being
7. John, please _____ your dictionary from the schoolbag and look up the new word.
A.take away B.take up C.take off D.take out
8. The young man often _____ his seat _____ the old.
A.provides; with B.provides; to
C.offers; for D.offers; to
9. —Chen Jie, you can't go out without wearing a mask (口罩).
—OK, please _____ me a new one.
A.fold B.want C.pass D.raise
10. My aunt has two daughters, but _____ of them takes after her.
A.neither B.both C.either
11. —Could I use your computer
—_____. I'm going to use it now.
A.Sure B.No problem C.Sorry
12. —Are you going to, Jay Chou's concert in Guangzhou this summer holiday
—I'm not sure. It _____ the price of the ticket.
A.depends on B.cares about C.agrees to D.finds out
13. —His friend wants to go swimming _____ it's very hot.
—It's OK. But don't allow him to do that _____!
A.so; alone B.so; lonely C.since; alone D.since; lonely
14. —Jenny, do you know if your mother _____ back tomorrow
—Sorry, I don't know. As soon as she _____ home, I will tell her to call you.
A.comes; gets B.will come; gets to
C.will come; will get D.will come; gets
15. —You have made great progress on your study.
—Thank you. I believe _____ you work, the better grades you will get.
A.the more careless B.the more careful
C.the worse D.the harder
二、完形填空（共1小题；共20分）
It is difficult for the parents of every family to teach their children _____16_____ responsible (有责任的) for housework.
Shatian School in Shanghai is making its students _____17_____ housework for their parents. That's their homework. Third graders (三年级学生) must _____18_____ how to cook and clean, sixth graders do the laundry, and seventh and eighth graders cook balanced _____19_____ with 15 yuan.
Many parents think it's a good _____20_____ for children to try doing housework, but they don't know _____21_____ to do it at home. With the following ideas, you can really get your children to help _____22_____.
If you want to make your children think that they can do _____23_____ quite right, please don't scold (责骂) them but give them lots of praise (赞美) at home. Talk more _____24_____ what he has done right. Don't talk about what he hasn't done. If your child finishes some _____25_____ work, give him or her a Sunday trip or a ball game with Dad as a reward.
16. A.be B.being C.are D.to be
17. A.did B.do C.does D.doing
18. A.learn B.read C.do D.take
19. A.drinks B.things C.meals D.snacks
20. A.way B.road C.habit D.exercise
21. A.what B.how C.why D.when
22. A.at school B.in a shop C.in the room D.at home
23. A.everything B.either C.none D.nothing
24. A.for B.with C.about D.to
25. A.easy B.difficult C.interesting D.right
三、阅读理解-阅读选择（共4小题；共55分）
Should parents ask their children to do chores Some believe that children shouldn't do chores. They think that children don't need to cook or clean for themselves or their parents. But many people think that children can get a lot from doing some chores.
It helps children learn to do some housework that they have to do when they live on their own, and it also gives children a sense of responsibility and confidence.
Most experts agree, however, that chores should fit children. Parents shouldn't ask a schoolboy to cook when he is doing his homework. If he has many activities after school on schooldays, there is no time left to do chores. Perhaps he can do chores on weekends.
When a child does what his parents ask him to do happily, he will probably have the feeling of growing up. Chores can be useful. They are a teaching tool. Parents use the tool to teach children so that they can care for themselves some day. And please make sure that parents also do chores.
If parents don't keep a clean house, children won't find any reason to do chores.
26. Doing some chores is good for children, because _____.
A.they can get good grades
B.they like doing the chores
C.they can get a lot of knowledge
27. What's the meaning of the underlined word in Paragraph 2
A.理由 B.责任 C.任务
28. Why should more chores be done on the weekend
A.Because children should do their homework first.
B.Because children like to play sports on weekdays.
C.Because the time left to do chores may be short on schooldays.
29. Many experts think a child could get the following EXCEPT _____ through doing chores.
A.some money
B.the feeling of growing up
C.the way of caring for themselves
30. Which of the following is RIGHT
A.Some people believe that children should earn money.
B.Parents shouldn't ask a schoolboy to cook when he is doing his homework.
C.Parents don't do chores every day because their children can do chores.
Linda,14 My parents do 10 hours' housework a week. My mother does most of the housework, like cooking and folding the clothes. My father can only do the washing, sweep the floor and take out the rubbish. He really needs to learn how to do housework.
Celina, 13 My mother and my father each do 50% of the housework. My mother does the washing and cleans the living room. My father makes the bed and drives me to school.
Paul, 16 My father doesn't do a lot but he tries to help. He hangs up the clothes after my mother does the washing and my mother is happy that he always gives her a hand.
Bill, 15 My mother is a doctor. She is busy with her work every day, so she has little time to do housework. In fact she isn't good at doing housework. So my father has to do most of it. Sometimes my grandmother comes to help.
31. Linda's father doesn't _____ at home.
A.take out the rubbish B.do the washing
C.sweep the floor D.fold the clothes
32. How does Celina go to school
A.By bike. B.By bus. C.By car. D.By subway.
33. The underlined phrase "hangs up" means _____ in Chinese.
A.闲逛 B.晾晒 C.熨烫 D.清洗
34. Whose father does most of the housework
A.Linda's. B.Celina's. C.Paul's. D.Bill's.
35. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage
A.Linda is one year older than Celina but one year younger than Bill.
B.Celina's father needs to learn how to do housework.
C.Paul's mother is angry with his father because he never helps her with housework.
D.Bill's grandmother helps Bill with his schoolwork.
阅读上面的语言材料，从 A—G 中找出与它们相对应的标题，其中有两个选项是多余的。
When packing a lunch, you need to remember the rules about food safety.
_____36_____ Every counter that will have food on should be cleaned before you start. You should also make sure to wash your hands with warm, soapy water. Make sure you use clean dishes to put the food in.
_____37_____ Dogs can't usually get on it. But cats can jump that high and get on the table in the kitchen. Train your cats not to jump on the table.
_____38_____ Leftovers from last night's dinner can be a great choice for lunch the next day. But if you sat around the table after eating, or the food was out for more than two hours, find something else to put in the lunch. If you aren't sure if the leftovers are still good, throw them out.
_____39_____ After eating your lunch, you'd better wash the box that you used to bring lunch at once. Or germs may grow in it and cause lots of disease.
_____40_____ Foods can go bad very quickly during the summer. Put them in cool places to keep cool. The food should not get warmer than forty degrees.
36. A.Clean your lunch box immediately.
B.Wash the dishes often.
C.Start with a clean kitchen.
D.Make sure to put your lunch in a cooler place.
E.Cool foods are better.
F.It is important to keep pets off the table.
G.Use fresh foods to make the lunch.
37. A.Clean your lunch box immediately.
B.Wash the dishes often.
C.Start with a clean kitchen.
D.Make sure to put your lunch in a cooler place.
E.Cool foods are better.
F.It is important to keep pets off the table.
G.Use fresh foods to make the lunch.
38. A.Clean your lunch box immediately.
B.Wash the dishes often.
C.Start with a clean kitchen.
D.Make sure to put your lunch in a cooler place.
E.Cool foods are better.
F.It is important to keep pets off the table.
G.Use fresh foods to make the lunch.
39. A.Clean your lunch box immediately.
B.Wash the dishes often.
C.Start with a clean kitchen.
D.Make sure to put your lunch in a cooler place.
E.Cool foods are better.
F.It is important to keep pets off the table.
G.Use fresh foods to make the lunch.
40. A.Clean your lunch box immediately.
B.Wash the dishes often.
C.Start with a clean kitchen.
D.Make sure to put your lunch in a cooler place.
E.Cool foods are better.
F.It is important to keep pets off the table.
G.Use fresh foods to make the lunch.
A: Hi, Alice, _____41_____
B: I'm sorry I can't. I have to help my parents do chores.
A: _____42_____
B: Yes, I do. I think it's a good way to relax.
A: _____43_____
B: I often help them do the dishes and sweep the floor. How about you
A: _____44_____
B: Why
A: _____45_____
B: I see. But I still think you should share the housework.
41. A.Oh, do you often help them do housework
B.Because I am always busy with my schoolwork.
C.What do you help them do
D.Don't you think it's a waste of time
E.Would you like to play tennis with me this afternoon
F.I don't like to take out the rubbish.
G.I hardly ever do housework at home.
42. A.Oh, do you often help them do housework
B.Because I am always busy with my schoolwork.
C.What do you help them do
D.Don't you think it's a waste of time
E.Would you like to play tennis with me this afternoon
F.I don't like to take out the rubbish.
G.I hardly ever do housework at home.
43. A.Oh, do you often help them do housework
B.Because I am always busy with my schoolwork.
C.What do you help them do
D.Don't you think it's a waste of time
E.Would you like to play tennis with me this afternoon
F.I don't like to take out the rubbish.
G.I hardly ever do housework at home.
44. A.Oh, do you often help them do housework
B.Because I am always busy with my schoolwork.
C.What do you help them do
D.Don't you think it's a waste of time
E.Would you like to play tennis with me this afternoon
F.I don't like to take out the rubbish.
G.I hardly ever do housework at home.
45. A.Oh, do you often help them do housework
B.Because I am always busy with my schoolwork.
C.What do you help them do
D.Don't you think it's a waste of time
E.Would you like to play tennis with me this afternoon
F.I don't like to take out the rubbish.
G.I hardly ever do housework at home.
四、句子填空（共10小题；共20分）
46. I left my wallet at home. Could you please l_____ me some money
47. I don't like to do chores. In fact, I h_____ them.
48. He t_____ the ball to me, but I didn't catch it.
49. He has worked in the factory s_____ he moved to the city.
50. You should learn to be independent. You can't d_____ on your parents forever.
51. Could you please _____ (折叠) these clothes on the bed
52. The manager said that he would _____ (提供) us with food and drink.
53. This is my new _____ (邻居) and he is from London.
54. I think teenagers should do some _____ (杂务) at home.
55. He was a successful businessman. He once _____ (发展) a small shop into a big store.
五、完成句子（共5小题；共10分）
56. 我每天帮我妈妈扫地。
I help my mother _____ _____ _____ every day.
57. 你能把那本书递给我吗？
Could you please _____ _____ _____ _____
58. 我们不能一直依靠我们的父母。
We can't _____ _____ our parents _____ _____ _____.
59. 女孩经常把一些钱花在衣服上。
Girls often _____ some money _____ clothes.
60. 我给他打电话,为的是提醒他关于聚会的事情。
I called him _____ _____ _____ remind him of the party.
六、书面表达（共1小题；共15分）
61. 近来，学生是否应该做家务的问题引起了一片热议。对于这个问题不同的人有不同的看法。有些人认为学生就应该把精力放在学习上，没必要做家务活；而有些人则认为学生应该帮忙做家务，这有助于培养他们的公平意识。作为一名初中生，你认为学生们应该帮助父母做家务吗？请根据提示写一篇 80 词左右的短文（短文开头已给出，不计入总词数）。
要点提示：
1.学习压力太大，做家务是一种放松的方式；
2.上学坐着的时间太长，做家务有利于身体健康；
3.父母上班也很辛苦，与他们分担家务有利于增进我们和他们之间的关系。
Should students do housework
Should students do housework Different people have different ideas about this problem. _____
答案
第一部分
1 . A
【解析】
in surprise 意为“惊讶地”，是固定搭配。
2 . A
【解析】
句意：——Jerry，你能告诉我怎样用“滴滴出行”打出租车吗？——当然可以，我愿意帮忙。
根据“could you tell me how to take a taxi”可知是在寻求帮助，回答应表达是否愿意帮忙，“Sure, I'd love to”符合语境。故选 A。
3 . D
【解析】
句意：我的父母出去了，我不得不照顾我的弟弟。take care of 意为“照顾”，符合题意。
4 . B
【解析】
由“他们认为它很无聊”可知许多学生不喜欢历史，所以选 hate。
5 . A
【解析】
句意：——你能把你的字典借给我吗？——抱歉，Jim 昨天借走它了，还没还给我呢。lend 意为“借出；借给”，指把自己的东西借给别人；borrow 意为“借用”，是指从别人那里借东西。由句意可知答案选 A。
6 . B
【解析】
句意：彼得决定坐出租车是为了看街头表演不迟到。in order to 意为“目的是；为了”，后跟不定式，由句意可知要用否定形式，故选 B。
7 . D
【解析】
句意：约翰，请把你的字典从书包里拿出来，然后查一查这个新单词。由句中的 from the schoolbag 可推知此处表示“拿出”。
8 . D
【解析】
句意：这个年轻人经常把他的座位让给老年人。短语 provide sb. with sth. 与 provide sth.for sb. 均表示“为某人提供某物”；offer sth. to sb. 和 offer sb. sth. 意为“为某人提供某物”。故 D 项正确。
9 . C
【解析】
句意：——陈婕，你不能不戴口罩就出去。——好的，请递一个新的给我。fold 意为“折叠”；want 意为“想要”；pass 意为“给；递”；raise 意为“募；征集”。由句意可知答案选 C。
10 . A
【解析】
句意：我婶婶有两个女儿，但是她们两个都跟她长得不像。
neither 两者都不；both 两个都；either 两者中的任何一个。根据句意和连词 but 可知此处表示“两者都不”，故选 A。
11 . C
【解析】
句型 Could I... 意为“我能/可以……吗？”，是用于征求许可的句子，根据答语的后一句可知此处要用否定回答。
12 . A
【解析】
根据答语可知是否去看演唱会取决于演唱会的票价，depend on 意为“依赖；依靠；取决于”，符合题意。
13 . C
【解析】
句意：——他的朋友想去游泳，因为天气很热。——那是可以的，但不要让他一个人去。根据“His friend wants to go swimming”和“it's very hot”可知空格后是原因，所以第一空用 since“因为”；根据句意可知不要让他一个人去，第二空用 alone。
14 . D
【解析】
考查动词时态。句意：——詹妮，你知不知道你妈妈明天是否回来？——真抱歉，我不知道。她一到家，我就会告诉她给你打电话。上句中的 if 引导的是宾语从句，由时间状语 tomorrow 可知应用一般将来时。答语中的 as soon as 引导的是时间状语从句，主从句时态遵循“主将从现”原则，主语 she 是第三人称单数，谓语动词应用第三人称单数形式。
15 . D
【解析】
考查副词的比较级用法。句意：——你在学习上已经取得了很大的进步！——谢谢！我相信你越勤奋，你就会取得更好的成绩。the+比较级，the+比较级，意为“越……，越……”。
第二部分
16 . D
【解析】
teach sb. to do sth. 意为“教某人做某事”，是固定用法。
17 . B
【解析】
make 后常跟省略 to 的动词不定式，故选 B。
18 . A
【解析】
三年级的学生必须学习如何做饭和打扫。故 A 项符合语境。
19 . C
【解析】
cook balanced meals 意为“做营养均衡的饭”，故 C 项符合语境。
20 . A
【解析】
许多父母认为，这（学校的做法）是孩子们尝试去做家务的一种好方法。way 意为“方式；方法”。
21 . B
【解析】
但是他们不知道在家如何去做。
22 . D
【解析】
既然是做家务活，当然是在家中做，故选 D。
23 . A
【解析】
此处表示“能把所有事情做得相当好”。everything 意为“所有事情”，故选 A。
24 . C
【解析】
句意：多谈论一些他做对的事情。
about 意为“关于”。
25 . B
【解析】
一般情况下，在孩子们完成难的工作后，家长要给予他们奖励，故选 B。
第三部分
26 . C
【解析】
根据文中第一段中的“But many people think that children can get a lot from doing some chores. 但是许多人认为孩子们可以从做家务中得到很多（知识）。”可知做家务可以让孩子学到很多东西，故答案选 C。
27 . B
【解析】
由短文内容可知让孩子做家务可以培养孩子的责任感和自信心，故答案选 B。
28 . C
【解析】
根据文中第三段中的“If he has many activities after school on schooldays, there is no time left to do chores. Perhaps he can do chores on weekends.”可知有的孩子在上学日放学后有许多活动，没有时间做家务，因此可以利用周末的时间来做，故答案选 C。
29 . A
【解析】
根据文中第四段中的“When a child does what his parents ask him to do happily, he will probably have the feeling of growing up…Parents use the tool to teach children so that they can care for themselves some day.”可知，通过做家务可以让孩子体验成长，让他们学会以后照顾自己，故答案选 A。
30 . B
【解析】
根据文中第三段中的“Parents shouldn't ask a schoolboy to cook when he is doing his homework.”可知 B 项表述正确，其余两项与短文内容不相符。
31 . D
【解析】
细节理解题。根据第一个方框内倒数第二句话“My father can only do the washing, sweep the floor and take out the rubbish.”可知，Linda 的爸爸只洗衣服、扫地以及倒垃圾，没有叠衣服。
32 . C
【解析】
细节理解题。根据第二个方框内最后一句话“My father makes the bed and drives me to school.”可知， Celina 的爸爸开车送她去学校上学。
33 . B
【解析】
词义推测题。根据第三个方框内容“My father doesn't do a lot but he tries to help. He hangs up the clothes after my mother does the washing and my mother is happy that he always gives her a hand.”可知，Paul 的爸爸不做很多家务，但是他总是努力帮忙。在他妈妈洗完衣服之后，他总是把衣服晾晒。
34 . D
【解析】
细节理解题。根据最后一个方框内倒数第二句话“So my father has to do most of it.”可知，Bill 的爸爸做大部分的家务。
35 . A
【解析】
细节理解题。根据方框内容可知，Linda 今年 14 岁，Celina 今年 13 岁，Bill 今年 15 岁，因此，Linda 今比 Celina 大一岁，但是比 Bill 小一岁。因此，A 项正确。
36 . C
【解析】
根据后一句可知在开始前要保证厨房的清洁。
37 . F
【解析】
根据后面的内容可知要注意使饲养的宠物远离餐桌。
38 . G
【解析】
由本段中的内容可知要确保食物的新鲜，故答案选 G。
39 . A
【解析】
由本段中的内容可知饭后要及时清洗餐盒，否则会产生细菌。
40 . D
【解析】
由后一句的内容可知，在夏季食物容易变坏，故要确保把午饭放在较凉的地方。
41 . E
【解析】
根据答语“抱歉，我不能。我必须帮助父母做家务。”可知此空是个提建议的句子。
42 . A
【解析】
由答语可知此句是个一般疑问句，根据上一句“I have to help my parents do chores.”，结合所给选项可知，此处是询问对方是否经常帮助父母做家务。
43 . C
【解析】
根据答语中“我经常帮助他们洗碗、扫地。”可知此句是询问对方经常帮助他们做些什么家务。
44 . G
【解析】
根据后面的“Why ”及“But I still think you should share the housework.”可猜测说话者几乎不做家务。
45 . B
【解析】
此句是说不做家务的原因，Why 提问的句子常用 Because 来回答。
第四部分
46 . end/lend
【解析】
句意：我把钱包落在家里了，你能借我一点钱吗？lend sb. sth. 借给某人某物。
因此，正确答案是lend。
47 . ate/hate
【解析】
句意：我不喜欢做家务。事实上，我讨厌做家务。hate 讨厌。主语是第一人称主语，要用动词原形。
因此，正确答案是hate。
48 . threw/ hrew
49 . ince/ since
50 . depend/ epend
51 . fold
52 . provide
53 . neighbor
54 . chores
55 . developed
第五部分
56 . sweep, the, floor
【解析】
扫地 sweep the floor；help sb. do sth. 因此，sweep要用原形。
因此，正确答案是sweep the floor。
57 . pass, me, the, book
58 . depend, on, all, the, time
59 . spend, on
60 . in, order, to
第六部分
61 . Should students do housework
Should students do housework Different people have different ideas about this problem.
Some people think students should pay attention to their study. It's unnecessary for them to do housework. While other people think students should help out with housework because it can help them understand the idea of fairness.
As a middle school student, I think we should share housework with our parents. First, we have too much pressure at school. Doing housework is a good way to relax ourselves. Second, we always sit too long. Doing housework is good for our health. Finally, our parents are tired after work. Sharing housework can improve our relationship with them.
第1页（共1 页）人教版八下英语 Unit 5 What were you doing when the rainstorm came 单元检测
一、单项选择（共15小题；共33分）
1. The teacher told us a piece of bad news. When we heard the news, we were all _____ silence.
A.for B.in C.with D.by
2. —It is raining _____.
—Yes, it is a _____ rain.
A.heavy; heavily B.heavily; heavily
C.heavy; heavy D.heavily; heavy
3. —Anna, how does the dress look on me
—To tell you the _____, it doesn't fit you well.
A.trade B.trust C.truth D.treat
4. I felt very _____ when I was watching TV, and soon I fell _____.
A.sleep; asleep B.sleepy; asleep
C.asleep; sleepy D.asleep; sleep
5. 一You seem kind of _____ today. Why are you so unhappy
一I didn't pass the math exam.
A.strange B.excited C.successful
6. Ben was helping his mother when the rain began to beat heavily _____ the windows.
A.against B.across C.above D.below
7. —The old temple in our city was _____ on July 29, 2020.
—What a pity!
A.turned down B.taken down C.put down D.wrote down
8. —Why were you late for school today, Jenny
—Sorry, Miss Brown. My alarm didn't _____ so I woke up late.
A.put on B.put off C.go off D.take off
9. At last he _____ studying hard was very important. He decided to study harder.
A.received B.said C.asked D.realized
10. —Did she have a party _____
—No, she didn't. She was busy preparing for the test.
A.quickly B.slowly C.clearly D.recently
11. —Your trousers are so wet. What happened
—There is lots of water on the road because of the heavy rainstorm. A car was coming _____ I was waiting for the bus.
A.until B.while C.before
12. —_____ did the rainstorm come, Mr. Liu
—While we _____ a chemistry lesson yesterday afternoon.
A.When; have had B.When; were having
C.While; are having D.While; have
13. Frank believes in himself. He thinks nobody else can _____ him.
A.win B.beat C.hit D.kill
14. Last year Huai'an Flyover (高架) _____. Now it brings much convenience to people.
A.finished B.finishes C.is finishing D.was finished
15. —May, I called you at 6:30 p.m. yesterday. Why didn't you _____ at that time
—Oh, I was taking a shower then.
A.give up B.look up C.pick up D.cheer up
二、完形填空（共1小题；共50分）
It was a hot summer evening. Kevin and his brother Alan were _____16_____ soccer in the backyard. After a while, they decided to drink some orange juice and watch TV in the house. _____17_____ the TV was off. Alan tried to turn it back on, but _____18_____ happened. They soon realized that there was no electricity (电). What could they do Kevin suggested going outside to do some _____19_____ watching. Without streetlights, the stars were bright and _____20_____ to see. Lying on the grass, they saw different kinds of stars _____21_____ they even saw the planet Mars. Kevin and Alan had never realized _____22_____ fantastic the night sky could be.
After watching the stars for an hour, the boys _____23_____ the house. It was very dark except for a few _____24_____ that their parents had lighted. The family spent the night playing cards and telling stories by candlelight. Kevin and Alan had never thought of having such a night _____25_____ electricity like that before. They really enjoyed watching stars.
16. A.buying B.selling C.playing
17. A.Luckily B.Suddenly C.Certainly
18. A.everything B.anything C.nothing
19. A.flowers B.stars C.birds
20. A.easy B.difficult C.impossible
21. A.or B.and C.but
22. A.what B.how C.which
23. A.went into B.went over C.went up
24. A.matches B.lights C.candles
25. A.without B.with C.throughout
三、阅读理解-阅读选择（共3小题；共30分）
When I was a child in Minnesota, watermelon was too expensive for my family. One of my father's friends, Bemie, was a rich businessman. He had a large store in Saint Paul.
Every summer, when the first watermelons arrived, Bemie would give us a call. My father and I would go to Bemie's place. We would sit at the dock (码头) happily and get ready for a big meal.
Bemie would take a big watermelon out, cut it up, give us both a big piece and sit down next to us. Then we three would put our faces into the watermelon, eating it happily.
In my father's eyes, Bemie was a real rich man. I always thought it was because he was such a successful businessman. Later I learned that my father thought that Bemie was rich because of the way he lived his life. Bemie knew when to stop working, get together with friends and enjoy his "watermelon".
Some of us, no matter (不管) how much money we have, will never be free enough to eat our "watermelon". If you don't take the time to sit at the "dock" and enjoy life's small pleasures, your work is probably injuring your life.
When I grew up, because I was too busy making money as a doctor, I forgot the lesson I once learned at the dock. Well, now I've relearned (重新学习) it. Though I'm still busy working as a doctor, I will try to slow down and take the time to enjoy the small pleasures of my life.
26. Which of the following is TRUE about Bemie
A.He grew watermelons. B.He was not rich.
C.He had a large store. D.He had few friends.
27. When the writer and his father stayed in Bemie's place, they felt _____.
A.worried B.happy C.funny D.surprised
28. What does the underlined word "injuring" mean in Chinese
A.丰富 B.改善 C.危害 D.反抗
29. What does the writer do
A.A doctor. B.A teacher.
C.A scientist. D.A businessman.
30. What can we learn from the passage
A.It is not easy to make true friends.
B.One has to have a dream and goes for it.
C.Eating too many watermelons is bad for our health.
D.One should take some time to enjoy the small pleasures of life.
Clark and Dale were staying in the same room in a hospital. Clark was so sick that he could not even move his body. He had to spend all his time lying on his back. Dale could sit up in his bed for an hour each afternoon. His bed was next to the room's only window.
Over time, Clark and Dale became good friends. Every afternoon, Dale would look out of the room's only window, describing the scenery outside for his friend. He told Clark about the flowers in a park outside the window, the people walking by, the green trees beside roads—anything that might interest a man.
One morning, when a nurse came to check on the two men, she found that Dale had died in his sleep. As soon as the room seemed tidy again, Clark asked if he could move to the bed next to the window so that he could look out of the window himself. The nurse agreed. Slowly, he could take his first look at the world outside. To his surprise, he could see nothing but a blank wall of another building.
The nurse explained that Dale had been blind. He had never seen anything outside the window at all—but he described beautiful scenes to help his friend feel better.
31. What does the underlined sentence in Paragraph 1 mean
A.Clark was too sick to move his body.
B.Although Clark was sick, he was asked to move his body.
C.Clark was sick, so he didn't want to move his body.
D.Although Clark was sick, he could move his body.
32. Who described the scenery outside for Clark
A.The doctor. B.The nurse.
C.His family. D.His friend Dale.
33. Clark wanted to move to the bed next to the window because _____
A.he missed his friend very much
B.the bed there was tidier than his
C.he wanted to look at the world outside
D.he felt worse and worse
34. What did Clark find when he took his first look at the world outside
A.The flowers in a park.
B.The green trees beside roads.
C.The people walking by.
D.A blank wall of another building.
35. According to the passage, which one of the following is NOT true
A.Dale was blind.
B.Dale died in his sleep.
C.Dale tried to help his friend feel better.
D.The nurse didn't know that Dale was blind.
A: What were you doing at the time of the rainstorm yesterday
B: _____36_____ Unluckily, I didn't take an umbrella.
A: _____37_____ You must get wet.
B: Yeah. As a result, I am not feeling well now.
A: _____38_____
B: I had a fever yesterday and I still have a sore throat.
A: _____39_____
B: I don't want to ask for leave of absence (请假) because the mid-test is coming.
A: _____40_____
B: You are right. Maybe I need to talk to the teacher.
36. A.Why don't you have a rest
B.I was walking home from school.
C.You shouldn't push yourself so hard. You need to lie down and rest.
D.That was terrible!
E.I was staying at home.
F.What's the matter
G.Thanks for helping me.
37. A.Why don't you have a rest
B.I was walking home from school.
C.You shouldn't push yourself so hard. You need to lie down and rest.
D.That was terrible!
E.I was staying at home.
F.What's the matter
G.Thanks for helping me.
38. A.Why don't you have a rest
B.I was walking home from school.
C.You shouldn't push yourself so hard. You need to lie down and rest.
D.That was terrible!
E.I was staying at home.
F.What's the matter
G.Thanks for helping me.
39. A.Why don't you have a rest
B.I was walking home from school.
C.You shouldn't push yourself so hard. You need to lie down and rest.
D.That was terrible!
E.I was staying at home.
F.What's the matter
G.Thanks for helping me.
40. A.Why don't you have a rest
B.I was walking home from school.
C.You shouldn't push yourself so hard. You need to lie down and rest.
D.That was terrible!
E.I was staying at home.
F.What's the matter
G.Thanks for helping me.
四、阅读理解-阅读回答问题（共1小题；共10分）
Mr. King was the owner of a large company. One day, he went into his office early in the morning to get ready to go to the airport and leave for another city.
He was leaving his office when Bill, a night watchman, came in. Bill just got off work (下班). After saying "Good morning" to Mr. King, Bill told the owner about his bad dream. The night before he dreamed Mr. King's plane crashed (坠毁) after it took off. Mr. King was surprised to hear that. He decided to go by train. Bill's dream came true. That morning the plane really crashed just after it took off. Later Mr. King returned to his office and heard the accident. To express (表达) his thanks, Mr. King gave Bill $5,000. He also gave Bill a letter. Mr. King told Bill that a man like him should be sent away. Bill was surprised and asked, "Why " Mr. King said, "Go home and read the letter, and you will know why."
Bill went home and opened the letter in a hurry. After he read it, he became sad. In the letter there was only one sentence—"A night watchman can't sleep on his duty (值班), but you did."
41. Who was Mr. King
_____
42. What did Bill do
_____
43. How did Mr. King feel after he heard Bill's dream
_____
44. When did the plane crash that morning
_____
45. Why did Mr. King send Bill away
_____
五、句子填空（共11小题；共40分）
46. It was _____ (报道)that there was going to be a football match.
47. There's something _____ (奇怪的) in the sky.
48. Please tell me the exact _____ (日期) of the wedding.
49. The sun gives us heat and _____ (光).
50. The man _____ (敲打) my car window and asked for help.
51. _____ (sudden) the thief rushed out of the store.
52. They didn't say anything. Everyone was in _____ (silent).
53. He fell _____ (sleep). He was very tired.
54. The man refused to tell me the _____ (true).
55. It's snowing _____ (heavy). Let's go and make a snowman.
It was our school's yearly dancing show. I _____56_____ (be) excited that I was chosen by the teacher this time although I didn't have any experience of dancing for a show. I would dance in front of all the students and _____57_____ (teacher). It made me very proud.
However, I was a bit sad _____58_____ my father had no time to watch me dance. He _____59_____ (invite) to have a business meeting. I knew that my father would surely come to my show if he could. _____60_____ (lucky), my mother and my elder sister were still coming to watch my show.
_____61_____ the beginning of the day, I was very nervous. After changing into the dress and getting my make-up done, I felt _____62_____ (relax). Then I went on to the stage bravely. I was very glad to see my mother and sister sitting in _____63_____ second row.
Just before the lights turned dark, I saw my father rush into the hall and take the seat beside my mother. _____64_____ a pleasant surprise it was! The sight of my father made _____65_____ (I) smile. I began dancing confidently. Soon after the show, my family came back stage to congratulate me. I was so happy and lucky to have my family's support.
56. _____
57. _____
58. _____
59. _____
60. _____
61. _____
62. _____
63. _____
64. _____
65. _____
六、书面表达（共1小题；共15分）
66. 下列图片描述的是上周日下午刘强和赵磊所经历的一件事，请根据这些图片写一篇作文。
要求：
1.字迹工整，语法正确，意思连贯，合乎逻辑，可适当发挥；
2.词数 100 左右。
_____
答案
第一部分
1 . B
【解析】
in silence 是固定短语，意为“沉默；无声”，故所缺的介词是 in。
2 . D
【解析】
heavily 是副词，修饰动词；heavy 是形容词，修饰名词。根据句中的 is raining 和 rain 可知答案选 D。
3 . C
【解析】
to tell (you) the truth 是固定搭配，意为“说实话，老实说”。故选 C。
4 . B
【解析】
句意：我看电视时感觉很困，很快我就睡着了。
sleep 是动词，意为“睡觉”；sleepy 是形容词，意为“想睡的；困倦的”；asleep 是形容词，意为“睡着”，常用短语是 fall asleep“入睡；睡着”。由句意可知选 B。
5 . A
【解析】
句意：——你今天似乎有点奇怪。你为什么这么不开心？——我没有通过数学考试。
A 项意为“奇怪的”；B 项意为“激动的”；C 项意为“成功的”。由句意可知选 A。
6 . A
【解析】
本正在帮他妈妈的忙，这时雨开始猛烈地打在窗户上。
against“反对、违反，对……不利（敲打）”； above“超过、在…下面”；below“在……下面、低于”；across“横穿”，四者都是介词，因 make mistakes in “在……犯错误”。由题干“本正在帮他妈妈的忙，这时雨开始猛烈地打在窗户上。”可知，空格是“打”，用 against，所以答案应是 against。故选：A。
7 . B
【解析】
句意：——我们城市的那座古老的寺庙在 2020 年 7 月 29 日被拆除了。——真可惜呀！A 项“调低”；B 项“拆除”；C 项“放下”；D 项“记下”。由句意可知选 B。
8 . C
【解析】
A 项意为“穿上”；B 项意为“推迟”；C 项意为“（闹钟）发出响声”；D 项意为“脱下；起飞”。由语境可知闹钟没响，因此醒得晚了。
9 . D
【解析】
句意：最后他意识到努力学习是很重要的。他决定更加努力学习。
10 . D
【解析】
句意：——她最近有举办过聚会吗？——不，她没有。她忙于准备考试呢。quickly 意为“迅速地”；slowly 意为“缓慢地”；clearly 意为“清楚地”；recently 意为“最近”。由句意可知 D 项符合题意。
11 . B
【解析】
while 引导时间状语从句，意为“当……的时候”，结合句意可知答案选 B。
12 . B
【解析】
此题考查的是疑问词、连词和时态。句意：——刘先生，暴风雨是什么时候来的？——昨天下午我们正在上化学课的时候。when 当……时，什么时候；while 当……时，引导时间状语从句，不引导疑问句；第一空引导疑问句，使用when（什么时候）。答语中while引导时间状语从句，从句是进行时，根据yesterday afternoon可知是过去进行时。故选B。
因此，正确答案是B。
13 . B
【解析】
句意：弗兰克相信他自己。他认为没有人可以打败他。
win“获得；赢得”，后面常跟比赛、奖品、战争荣誉类名词；beat“打败”，后面常跟比赛、竞争中的对手、战争中的敌人或指人或球队的名词或代词；hit“撞击”；kill“杀害”。根据句意可知选 B。
14 . D
【解析】
句意：淮安高架于去年完成。现在它给人们带来很大的方便。主语和谓语动词 finish 之间存在被动关系，用被动语态；时间状语 Last year 提示用一般过去时态。故答案选 D。
15 . C
【解析】
A 项意为“放弃”；B 项意为“查阅”；C 项意为“接电话”；D 项意为“振奋起来”。根据对话内容可知是在问对方为什么不接自己电话，故选 C。
第二部分
16 . C
【解析】
此题考查的是动词的辨析。句意：Kevin和他的弟弟Alan在后院踢足球。buy 买；sell 卖；play 玩耍。
因此，正确答案是C。
17 . B
【解析】
此题考查的是副词的辨析。句意：突然电视机关了。luckily 幸运地；suddenly 突然地；certainly 当然。
因此，正确答案是B。
18 . C
【解析】
此题考查的是代词的辨析。句意：Alen试图把它重新打开，但什么也没发生。everything 每件事；anything 任何事；nothing 无事。
因此，正确答案是C。
19 . B
【解析】
此题考查的是名词的辨析。句意：Kevin建议出去看星星。flower 花；star 星星；bird 鸟。
因此，正确答案是B。
20 . A
【解析】
此题考查的是形容词的辨析。句意：没有街灯，星星很亮，很容易看到。easy 容易的；difficult 困难的；impossible 不可能的。
因此，正确答案是A。
21 . B
【解析】
此题考查的是连词的辨析。句意：躺在草地上，他们看到了各种各样的星星，甚至还看到了火星。or 或者，表示选择；and 和；but 但是，表示转折。
因此，正确答案是B。
22 . B
【解析】
此题考查的是连接词的辨析。句意：Kevin和Alan从来没有意识到夜空是多么奇妙。what 什么；how 怎样，多么；which 哪个。
因此，正确答案是B。
23 . A
【解析】
此题考查的是词组的辨析。句意：看了一个小时的星星后，男孩们进入了房子。go into 进入；go over 复习；go up 增长。
因此，正确答案是A。
24 . C
【解析】
此题考查的是名词的辨析。句意：天很黑，除了父母点的几支蜡烛。match 比赛；light 灯；candle 蜡烛。
因此，正确答案是C。
25 . A
【解析】
此题考查的是介词的辨析。句意：Kevin和Alan从没想过会有这样一个没有电的夜晚。without 没有；with 随着，用；throughout 贯穿。
因此，正确答案是A。
第三部分
26 . C
【解析】
根据文中第一段中的句子“One of my father's friends, Bemie, was a rich businessman. He had a large store in Saint Paul.”可知 C 项与短文内容相符，故选 C。
27 . B
【解析】
根据短文第三段中的句子“Then we three would put our faces into the watermelon, eating it happily.”可知他们是很开心的，故答案选 B。
28 . C
【解析】
句意：假如你不花时间在“码头”上坐坐，享受生活的小乐趣，你的工作可能会危害你的生活。由句意可知 C 项正确。
29 . A
【解析】
由文中第六段中的句子“When I grew up, because I was too busy making money as a doctor…”可知作者是一名医生。
30 . D
【解析】
根据短文最后一段的内容可知作者告诉我们一个道理：人要试着放慢脚步，花点时间去享受生活中的小乐趣。故答案选 D。
31 . A
【解析】
画线部分句意为“克拉克病得很厉害，他甚至不能挪动自己的身体”。其中 so…that…意为“如此……以至于……”，可与 too…to…结构相互转化。
32 . D
【解析】
由第二段第二句“Every afternoon, Dale would look out of the room's only window, describing the scenery outside for his friend.”可知，克拉克的好朋友戴尔给他描述窗外的风景。
33 . C
【解析】
由第三段第二句中的“Clark asked if he could move to the bed next to the window so that he could look out of the window himself”可知，克拉克想搬到靠近窗户的床铺的目的是想亲眼看到外面的风景。
34 . D
【解析】
由第三段最后一句“To his surprise, he could see nothing but a blank wall of another building.”可知，当克拉克向窗外望去的时候，他只看到了另一座楼空白的墙。
35 . D
【解析】
由第四段第一句“The nurse explained that Dale had been blind.”可推知，护士早就知道戴尔是失明的。故 D 项错误。
36 . B
【解析】
问句用的时态是过去进行时，故答语也要用过去进行时。根据后面的句子“Unluckily, I didn't take an umbrella.”可知说话者是在外面，不是在家里。
37 . D
【解析】
根据后一句“You must get wet.”，结合所给选项可知此处是表达“那很糟糕”。
38 . F
【解析】
根据答语“I had a fever yesterday and I still have a sore throat. 我昨天发烧了，嗓子还疼呢。”可知此处是询问“怎么了”。
39 . A
【解析】
由答语可知不想请假是因为要期中考试了，故此处是询问对方为什么不休息。
40 . C
【解析】
根据答语可知此处是给对方提建议。
第四部分
41 . The owner of a large company.
【解析】
根据短文开头的句子“Mr. King was the owner of a large company.”可知他是一家大公司的老板。
42 . He was a night watchman.
【解析】
根据文中第二段中的句子“He was leaving his office when Bill, a night watchman, came in.”可知 Bill 是一个守夜人。
43 . He was surprised.
【解析】
根据短文第二段中的句子“Mr. King was surprised to hear that.”可知他是很惊讶的。
44 . Just after it took off.
【解析】
根据文中第二段中的句子“That morning the plane really crashed just after it took off.”可知是飞机刚起飞就坠毁了。
45 . Because Bill slept on his duty.
【解析】
根据短文最后一段中的“A night watchman can't sleep on his duty, but you did.”可知是因为 Bill 在值班时睡着了。
第五部分
46 . reported
47 . strange
48 . date
49 . light
50 . beat
51 . Suddenly
【解析】
句意：突然，这个小偷冲出了商店。此处需要用副词 suddenly，句首单词首字母应大写。
52 . silence
【解析】
silence 意为“沉默；无声”，是固定搭配。
53 . asleep
【解析】
fall asleep 是固定短语，意为“睡着”。
54 . truth
【解析】
根据前面的冠词 the 可知此处要用名词 truth。
55 . heavily
【解析】
副词 heavily 修饰动词。
56 . was
【解析】
本文介绍的是作者参加学校舞蹈演出的经历，全文需要用一般过去时。与 I 连用的应是 was。
57 . teachers
【解析】
句意：我将在所有的学生与老师面前跳舞。根据空格前的 students 可知，此处应该用 teacher 的复数形式，即 teachers。
58 . because/ since/ as
【解析】
句意：然而，我有点伤心，因为我爸爸没有时间来看我跳舞。空格后为空格前的原因，应用表示原因的连词。
59 . was invited
【解析】
句意：他（我父亲）被邀请去参加一个商业会议。句子的主语 He 与谓语动词 invite 之间为被动关系，此处应用一般过去时的被动语态。
60 . Luckily
【解析】
根据后文“我母亲与姐姐仍然会来看我的表演”可知此处应用“幸运地”。
61 . At
【解析】
表示“在……开始时”，应用 at the beginning of…，且句首单词的第一个字母应该大写。
62 . relaxed
【解析】
此处意为“我感到很放松”，与人连用，表示“感到放松的”，应用 relaxed。
63 . the
【解析】
表示“在第二排”，应用 in the second row，序数词前没有形容词性物主代词修饰时，常用定冠词 the。
64 . What
【解析】
此处是感叹句，感叹的是 a pleasant surprise，是名词短语，应用 what 引导感叹句，且句首单词首字母应大写。
65 . me
【解析】
此处为固定搭配 make sb. (作宾语) do sth.，空格处作 made 的宾语，故应用 I 的宾格，即 me。
第六部分
66 . Liu Qiang and Zhao Lei are good friends. They both like playing soccer very much. Last Sunday, they decided to play soccer to relax in their neighborhood in the afternoon. They were both good at soccer and they played happily. Suddenly, Liu Qiang kicked the ball so hard that it flew to the window of Granny Ma's house and made the window broken. The pieces of the window fell onto the ground everywhere. Liu Qiang and Zhao Lei felt very sorry, so they went to Granny Ma's house and said sorry to her.
Although they did something wrong, they were still good boys, because they were honest. Everyone should try to be an honest person.
第1页（共1 页）人教版八下英语 Unit 6 An old man tried to move ... B基础
一、单项选择（共8小题；共16分）
1. Many children will feel nervous _____ they go near the gate of the hospital.
A.as soon as B.as good as C.as well as
2. She was late for class because her mother forgot to _____.
A.wake her up B.wake up her C.put her up D.put up her
3. —You should keep your _____ down when making a phone call in public.
—OK, I will.
A.voice B.noise C.sound D.laughter
4. I knocked at the door but _____ answered. Maybe they went to the concert.
A.nobody B.somebody C.everybody D.anybody
5. —Do you know anything about C919
—Of course. It's a kind of plane which _____ China.
A.is made of B.is made in C.is made from D.is made up of
6. —I think the boy is _____ although that thief ran away.
—You are right. We should learn from him.
A.happy B.blind C.brave D.silly
7. All the students in the classroom do their homework _____.
A.enough careful B.careful enough
C.enough carefully D.carefully enough
8. —He can pick up the table with one hand.
— strong boy he is!
A.How B.What C.What a
二、阅读理解-阅读回答问题（共1小题；共4分）
Boonie Bears (《熊出没》) is a Chinese animated cartoon (动画片). It was first shown (上映) in January 2012, and it is very popular with children in China.
Name: Logger Vick (光头强) Character: tricky (狡猾的) Job: cutting trees in the forest Favorite saying: If you make me angry, I will hit you anyway. Name: Briar (熊大) Character: smart Family: his brother Likes: making fun of Logger Vick; stealing (偷) fruit from Logger Vick; destroying Logger Vick's home; protecting (保护) the forest
9. What will Logger Vick say when Briar makes him angry
10. ( )Which of the following sentences is TRUE
A. Boonie Bears is very popular with kids only in 2012.
B. Without the help of bears, many trees will be cut down by Logger Vick.
C. Briar likes stealing meat from Logger Vick.
三、句子填空（共12小题；共40分）
11. The room is empty. There's nothing _____ (在里面).
12. The man is s_____ but he thinks he is clever.
13. If you c_____ in the exam, you will be punished.
14. My uncle is my aunt's h_____.
15. She has a beautiful v_____ and she sings very well.
16. It's b_____ of the man to jump into the river and save the girl.
17. The _____ (丝绸) shirt is very comfortable and I'd like to buy it.
18. She spent the _____ (全部的) evening finishing the task.
19. There is a big _____ (石头) in the middle of the garden.
20. Who dropped the cup onto the _____ (地面)
quick, so, call, save, play
Long long ago, there was a little clever boy _____21_____ Sima Guang.
One day Sima Guang and his little friends _____22_____ hide-and-seek near a tall big jar. One of the boys wanted to hide himself in the jar so that none of his friends could find him easily. But he didn't know that the jar was full of water. When he climbed up to the top of the jar, he slipped and fell into the jar. The jar was full of water and the little child was too short to keep his head above the water. He cried out, "Help! Help!" The children were _____23_____ frightened that they ran as far as they could.
But Sima Guang didn't go away. He wanted to save the drowning child in the huge jar. Sima Guang himself was very small, too. How could he save the child in the jar Then his mind worked _____24_____. Suddenly a good idea came to his mind. He got a stone and knocked the jar with it on the side. Soon he made a big hole in the huge jar. Immediately, the water rushed out from the jar and the child _____25_____
21. _____
22. _____
23. _____
24. _____
25. _____
The city mouse and the country mouse
A city mouse and a country mouse were distant relatives. The country mouse w_____26_____ a letter to the city mouse. "How are you, my city cousin Come visit us sometime." The city mouse in his best suit visited the country mouse.
"Welcome. Please help y_____27_____ before you leave." The country mouse prepared rice, beans and dried fruit. The city mouse laughed at the food and said, "Gosh! You invited me over to give me this kind of food You should come visit me. I will treat you to delicious food." The city mouse bragged (夸耀) about the city w_____28_____ he was living to the country mouse.
"Thank you for inviting me. I will come over for sure." Thinking about his trip to the city, the country mouse was too e_____29_____ to sleep. "At last, I'm going to the city tomorrow."
The country mouse came to the city mouse's house. "Anybody home "
"Oh, welcome!" greeted the city mouse cheerfully. The city mouse showed the country mouse all over his house.
The country mouse was s_____30_____ at how grand the house was. "The house is really big. I am so proud that you are my relative." The city mouse was very pleased. The city mouse led the country mouse to the kitchen. "Well, help yourself. I have food like this every day." "Wow! They look delicious. I envy (嫉妒) you."
…
26. w_____
27. y_____
28. w_____
29. e_____
30. s_____
四、完成句子（共5小题；共10分）
31. 我太紧张了，以至于无法入睡。
I was too nervous to _____ _____.
32. 你妈妈要多久才回来？
How soon will your mother _____ _____.
33. 我们在那里度过了整个夏天。
We spent _____ _____ _____ there.
34. 何杰足够勇敢可以独自去看恐怖片了。
He Jie is _____ _____ to watch the horror film by himself.
35. 天气不冷的时候，我们开着窗户睡觉。
We _____ _____ the windows open _____ it is cold.
答案
第一部分
1 . A
【解析】
句意：许多孩子一到医院门口就会感到紧张。as soon as“一……就……”；as good as“和……一样好”；as well as“也”。由句意可知答案选 A。
2 . A
【解析】
句意：她上课迟到了，因为她妈妈忘了叫醒她。wake up 叫醒；put up 留……住在家里。根据句意可排除 C、D 两项。代词作宾语时，要放在 wake 和 up 之间，故选 A。
3 . A
【解析】
句意：——在公共场合打电话时，你应该小声点。——好的，我会的。voice 意为“嗓音”，一般指人说话或唱歌的声音；noise 意为“噪音”；sound 泛指声音；laughter 意为“笑声”。此处指说话声，故答案选 A。
4 . A
【解析】
句意：我敲了门，但是没有人回答，也许他们去听音乐会了。nobody“没有人”；somebody“有人，某人”，用于肯定句或期望得到对方的肯定回答的一般疑问句中；everybody“每个人”；anybody“任何人”，用于否定句或疑问句中。根据句意可知选 A。
5 . B
【解析】
句意：你知道 C919 吗？ 当然，这是一种产自中国的飞机。be made in 由某地制造故选 B。
6 . C
【解析】
句意：——我认为这个男孩很勇敢，尽管那个小偷逃跑了。——你说的对。我们应该向他学习。happy 意为“愉快的”；blind 意为“失明的”；brave 意为“勇敢的”；silly 意为“愚蠢的”。由句意可知选 C。
7 . D
【解析】
此题考查的是形容词和副词的辨析以及enough的用法。句意：教室里所有的学生都认真地做作业。careful 认真的，仔细的，形容词；carefully 认真地，小心地；enough 足够，充足，副词，用来修饰形容词和副词，且必须放在它们之后。此处修饰动词do，因此要使用副词。
因此，正确答案是D。
8 . C
【解析】
此题考查的是感叹句。句意：——他能一只手拿起桌子。——多么强壮的男孩！how引导感叹句修饰形容词或副词；what引导感叹句修饰名词。strong boy是名词短语，用what引导感叹句，boy是可数名词的单数，前面用不定冠词a。
因此，正确答案是C。
第二部分
9 . If you make me angry, I will hit you anyway.
【解析】
根据表格左栏中的 Favorite saying 的内容可得出答案。
10 . B
【解析】
根据表格中的信息可知光头强是伐木工人，而熊大它们是保护森林的，因此如果没有熊大它们，光头强会砍更多的树，故 B 项说法正确。
第三部分
11 . inside
【解析】
句意：这间房子是空的。没有什么东西在里面。inside 在里面。
因此，正确答案是inside。
12 . stupid/ tupid/ silly/ illy
13 . cheat/ heat
14 . husband/ usband
15 . voice/ oice
16 . brave/ rave
17 . silk
18 . whole
19 . stone
20 . ground
21 . called
【解析】
句意：很久很久以前，有一个叫司马光的聪明的小男孩。此处是过去分词作后置定语。
22 . were playing
【解析】
由语境可知他们正在玩捉迷藏的游戏，故要用过去进行时态。
23 . so
【解析】
so…that… 表示“如此……以至于……”。
24 . quickly
【解析】
此处是副词修饰动词 worked。
25 . was saved
【解析】
此处指这个小男孩得救了，故用被动语态；由于整篇文章用的是一般过去时，故要用一般过去时的被动语态。
26 . wrote/ rote
【解析】
句意：农村老鼠给城里老鼠写了一封信。write a letter 意为“写信”，短文的时态是一般过去时。
27 . yourself/ ourself
【解析】
去别人家里做客时，主人为了表示热情，通常都会用简短的“Help yourself.”招呼客人，表示“别客气；请自便”。
28 . where/ here
【解析】
此处是个定语从句，先行词 the city 指地点，故关系词用 where。
29 . excited/ xcited
【解析】
句意：想着他的城市之旅，这只农村老鼠太激动而难以入睡。此处是拟人化的写法，用 excited。
30 . surprised/ urprised
【解析】
句意：农村老鼠对房子的气派感到惊讶。由句意可知用 surprised。
第四部分
31 . fall, asleep
e, back
33 . the, whole, summer
34 . brave, enough
35 . sleep, with, unless
第1页（共1 页）人教版八下英语 Unit 5 What were you doing when ... A基础
一、单项选择（共15小题；共39分）
1. I was staying at home and watching TV _____ the time of the rainstorm.
A.for B.by C.at D.in
2. —Look at those young people! How active they are!
—Wow! What _____ clothes they are wearing! I like the style of the clothes.
A.ugly B.strong C.clever D.strange
3. George was writing an e-mail to his friend when his father _____ home.
A.got B.gets C.is getting D.was getting
4. —Remember to keep the dog on a leash (狗链) _____ you walk it, honey!
— Sure. I won't let it hurt others.
A.until B.after C.while D.since
5. —What happened to your aunt just now
—_____ she jumped from the sofa and then went out.
A.Hardly B.Heavily C.Suddenly D.Usually
6. —Lucy, I plan to drive to Qinghai by myself.
—Really _____! You are still a new driver!
A.No problem B.Good idea
C.Have a good time D.You're kidding
7. While Mike computer games in his room, his dad came in.
A.is playing B.was playing C.will play D.plays
8. Our class are much sure to win the basketball game _____ Class Three.
A.of B.in C.against D.from
9. —What's the weather like in summer here
—It's hot. Sometimes it rains _____.
A.clearly B.heavily C.carefully
10. Thanks to my _____ on the desk, I can get to school on time every morning.
A.book B.note C.pen D.alarm
11. —Did you _____ first place in the competition
—Of course we did. We _____ all the other teams.
A.beat; beat B.beat; won C.win; won D.win; beat
12. —Bob, why do you want to change the bed
—Because it's not comfortable and I can't _____ quickly.
A.get up B.fall asleep C.dress up
13. If your alarm clock doesn't _____ in the morning, you will be late.
A.get off B.go off C.to go off D.go out
14. Li Hua studied in Australia last year. She missed home _____, but later she was used to studying there.
A.at least B.at first
C.at the same time D.all the time
15. —Shall we go to the airport to _____ your sister
—I don't think it's necessary. She will come here by taxi.
A.see off B.pick up C.look after D.come across
二、阅读理解-阅读选择（共1小题；共10分）
A: Hi, Alice. _____16_____
B: Yes. But the rainstorm was heavy yesterday.
A: _____17_____
B: I was writing a report on our after—school activities. Then suddenly a strong wind came through my window.
A: Were you scared
B: _____18_____ And then it rained heavily and I could hear the rain beating against my window.
A: _____19_____
B: I stood up and closed the window quickly.
A: What were your parents doing then
B: _____20_____ They didn't take umbrellas. And they were all wet when they arrived home.
16. A.Yes, a little.
B.It's a nice day, isn't it
C.They were looking for my little brother in the park.
D.What was the weather like yesterday
E.What did you do then
F.They were cooking dinner in the kitchen.
G.What were you doing at the time of the rainstorm
17. A.Yes, a little.
B.It's a nice day, isn't it
C.They were looking for my little brother in the park.
D.What was the weather like yesterday
E.What did you do then
F.They were cooking dinner in the kitchen.
G.What were you doing at the time of the rainstorm
18. A.Yes, a little.
B.It's a nice day, isn't it
C.They were looking for my little brother in the park.
D.What was the weather like yesterday
E.What did you do then
F.They were cooking dinner in the kitchen.
G.What were you doing at the time of the rainstorm
19. A.Yes, a little.
B.It's a nice day, isn't it
C.They were looking for my little brother in the park.
D.What was the weather like yesterday
E.What did you do then
F.They were cooking dinner in the kitchen.
G.What were you doing at the time of the rainstorm
20. A.Yes, a little.
B.It's a nice day, isn't it
C.They were looking for my little brother in the park.
D.What was the weather like yesterday
E.What did you do then
F.They were cooking dinner in the kitchen.
G.What were you doing at the time of the rainstorm
三、句子填空（共11小题；共40分）
21. The candle was blown out by the _____ (风).
22. Who is knocking at the _____ (窗户) Please go and open it.
23. My _____ (闹钟) doesn't work. Who can help me to repair it
24. We should try our best to help people in this poor _____ (地区).
25. The radio says that there will be a heavy _____ (暴风雨) tomorrow.
26. I can't read when you are in my _____ (光线).
27. The house is made of _____ (木头).
28. They used a _____ (火柴) to light the candle.
29. He had a _____ (奇怪的) expression on his face.
30. My four-year-old daughter was _____ (睡着) on the sofa.
A group of boys were playing basketball in the park. The playground was great, _____31_____ there was no fence (栅栏) around it. If one boy missed the ball, someone had to catch it at once, so it wouldn't go too far away.
One boy threw the ball too hard and it flew like a rocket over the _____32_____ (head) of all the other boys, and kept on flying.
Anna was sitting nearby and watching the ducks swim in the river. Suddenly, she _____33_____ (hear) some shouting and turned to see a big, orange object coming towards _____34_____ (she).
"Stop the ball," one of them shouted.
The ball landed close to the river. The ducks flew away quickly.
Anna opened her arms, just in time _____35_____ (stop) the ball as it was going to fall into the river. "Could you please bring it over here " asked one boy _____36_____ (polite). Anna walked to them with the ball. She was nervous because the boys were _____37_____ (old) than her. However, they were very nice and thanked her _____38_____ saving the ball.
"Can I join you " Anna asked.
The boys agreed, but they were not sure _____39_____ she could throw the ball even close to the basket.
Anna took the ball and then had _____40_____ try. The boys watched in surprise as the ball went straight into the basket. Anna smiled as the boys cheered loudly for her.
31. _____
32. _____
33. _____
34. _____
35. _____
36. _____
37. _____
38. _____
39. _____
40. _____
四、完成句子（共5小题；共10分）
41. 但是之后，风力会逐渐减弱。
But the wind will _____ _____ later on.
42. 昨天晚上我妈妈很快就睡着了。
My mother _____ _____ soon last night.
43. 你给我打电话时，我正站在图书馆的前面。
When you _____ _____, I _____ _____ in front of the library.
44. 一开始，我对那部小说并不感兴趣。
_____ _____, I was not interested in that novel.
45. 我确信你能通过驾照考试。
I _____ _____ that you can pass the driving test.
答案
第一部分
1 . C
【解析】
at the time of 是固定搭配，意为“在……的时候”，故所缺的介词是 at。
2 . D
【解析】
句意：——看那些年轻人！他们多有活力！——哇！他们穿的衣服多奇特啊！我喜欢这些衣服的风格。A 项“丑的”；B 项“强壮的”；C 项“聪明的”；D 项“奇特的；奇怪的”。由后一句可知喜欢的是衣服奇特的风格。
3 . A
4 . C
【解析】
考查连词词义辨析。句意：——亲爱的，当你遛狗的时候，记住把它用狗链拴着！——当然了。我将不会让它伤着他人的。while“当……的时候”，故选 C。
5 . C
【解析】
句意：——刚刚你的婶婶怎么了？——她突然从沙发上跳起来，然后出去了。A 项“几乎不”；B 项“大量地”；C 项“突然地”；D 项“通常”。由句意可知 C 项符合题意。
6 . D
【解析】
句意：——露西，我打算自己开车去青海。——真的吗？你在开玩笑！你还是个新手司机！A 项“没问题”；B 项“好主意”；C 项“玩得愉快”；D 项“你在开玩笑”。由句意可知答案选 D。
7 . B
【解析】
此题考查的是时态。句意：当Mike在房间里玩电脑游戏时，他的爸爸进来了。while引导的时间状语从句使用进行时，此处主句是一般过去时，故从句是过去进行时，表示主句的动作发生在从句动作正在进行的过程中。
因此，正确答案是B。
8 . C
【解析】
考查介词词义辨析。句意：我们班很有把握赢得与三班的篮球赛。表示“与……比赛”，用介词 against。故选 C。
9 . B
【解析】
考查副词词义辨析。句意：——这里夏天天气怎么样？——很热，有时雨下得很大。clearly“清晰地”；heavily“（雨、雪下得）大”；carefully“认真地”，空前为动词 rain 可知其后要用 heavily。故选 B。
10 . D
【解析】
句意：多亏了我桌子上的闹钟，我每天早晨都能按时到学校。由句意可知是因为有闹钟，才不会上学迟到，故答案选 D。
11 . D
【解析】
“获得；赢得”，后面常跟比赛、奖品，战争、荣誉类名词；beat“打败”，后面常跟比赛、竞争中的对手、战争中的敌人或指人或球队的名词或代词。
12 . B
【解析】
句意：——鲍勃，你为什么想要换床？——因为这张床不舒服，我不能很快睡着。get up“起床”；fall asleep“入睡”；dress up“装扮”。根据对话内容可知，用 fall asleep。故选 B。
13 . B
【解析】
句意：如果早晨你的闹钟不响，你就会迟到。A 项意为“下车”；B 项意为“（闹钟）发出响声”；D 项意为“外出”。根据句中的助动词 doesn't 可知用动词原形，结合句意可知选 B。
14 . B
【解析】
句意：李华去年在澳大利亚学习。起初她想家，但后来她就习惯在那儿学习了。
A 项“至少”；B 项“起初”；C 项“同时”；D 项“一直”。根据后面的 later 可知答案选 B。
15 . B
【解析】
此题考查的是动词短语辨析。句意：——我们去机场接你妹妹好吗？——我认为没有必要去接。她将乘出租车来这里。see off 送行；pick up 乘载；look after 照顾；come across 遇到；根据“I don't think it's necessary. She will come here by taxi.”可知，应选B。
因此，正确答案是B。
第二部分
16 . B
【解析】
根据答语中的“Yes.”可猜测此句是一般疑问句或反意疑问句，由“But the rainstorm was heavy yesterday.”可知两人见面以天气为话题进行聊天，结合所给选项可知答案选 B。
17 . G
【解析】
根据答语中的“I was writing a report about our after-school activities.”可知是询问对方当时在做什么，此句的时态是过去进行时。
18 . A
【解析】
由后面的“And then it rained heavily and I could hear the rain beating against my window.”及结合所给选项，可知 Alice 是有点害怕的。
19 . E
【解析】
根据答语“I stood up and closed the window quickly.”可知此处询问“然后你做了什么。
20 . C
【解析】
根据答语后面的内容可知 Alice 的父母没有在家里，结合所给选项可知他们是在公园找她的弟弟，并且被雨淋湿了。故排除掉 F 项，答案选 C。
第三部分
21 . wind
22 . window
23 . alarm
24 . area
25 . rainstorm/ storm
26 . light
27 . wood
28 . match
29 . strange
30 . asleep
31 . but
【解析】
句意：操场很好，但是周围没有栅栏。前后两部分之间为转折关系。
32 . heads
【解析】
other boys 是很多男孩，head 是可数名词，应用其复数形式。
33 . heard
【解析】
此处讲述过去的事情，应用一般过去时，hear 的过去式是 heard。
34 . her
【解析】
介词 towards 后要接人称代词的宾格形式。
35 . to stop
【解析】
此处为动词不定式短语作状语。
36 . politely
【解析】
句意：“你能把它拿到这儿来吗？”一个男孩有礼貌地问。此处应用副词修饰动词 asked。
37 . older
【解析】
句意：因为那些男孩子都比她大，她感到不安。由 than 可知要用 old 的比较级 older。
38 . for
【解析】
thank sb. for doing sth. 感谢某人做某事，是固定搭配。
39 . if/ whether
【解析】
if/ whether 空格处引导宾语从句，由语境可知此处表示“是否”。
40 . a
【解析】
句意：安娜拿到这个球，然后试了试。have a try 意为“试一试”，是固定搭配。
第四部分
41 . die, down
42 . fell, asleep
43 . called, me, was, standing
44 . At, first
45 . am, sure
第1页（共1 页）人教版八下英语 Unit3 Could you please clean your room A基础
一、单项选择（共10小题；共23分）
1. —My English is poor. Could you help me with it
—_____.
A.Thank you B.Me, too C.No problem D.See you
2. —_____ you give me a hand I can't move the box by myself.
—No problem.
A.Could B.Should C.Must D.Need
3. Her father likes _____ dinner but hates _____ the dishes.
A.making; making B.doing; doing
C.making; doing
4. —Where did you buy that beautiful hat, from a shop or a supermarket
—_____. I am used to shopping online.
A.Neither B.Either C.Both D.None
5. —Tom, hurry up! You only have 10 minutes to catch the school bus.
—Oh, Dad. 10 minutes _____ enough for me.
A.are B.is C.were D.was
6. Tom was hungry. _____ he got home, he ate a hamburger.
A.As soon as B.Even though C.As long as D.In order to
7. Sam _____ a computer from me yesterday.
A.sold B.borrowed C.lent D.returned
8. "You saw Academician (院士) Zhong Nanshan yesterday " my friend asked in _____ .
A.spirit B.surprise C.interest D.trouble
9. —Today, mobile payment is very convenient. Almost everyone is using it.
—That's true. We don't even need to money from the bank.
A.take out B.take off C.take up
10. Does the dish taste as _____ as it looks
A.well B.best C.good D.better
二、阅读理解-阅读选择（共1小题；共10分）
(Rose and Ann are talking about chores.)
Rose: Ann, could you please get me some water
Ann: Sure. _____11_____
Rose: I'm sweeping the floor.
Ann: Do you like it
Rose: _____12_____ It's too boring, but I have to do it. How about you
Ann: I hate sweeping the floor, too, but I like other chores.
Rose: Really _____13_____
Ann: I like to make the bed and water the flowers.
Rose: _____14_____
Ann: Yes. _____15_____ And you
Rose: I agree. I often help my mother do the dishes.
11. A.I think it's relaxing. B.Do you like doing the dishes
C.What do you want to do D.No, not really.
E.What are you doing now F.Yes, it's very interesting.
G.What chores do you like
12. A.I think it's relaxing. B.Do you like doing the dishes
C.What do you want to do D.No, not really.
E.What are you doing now F.Yes, it's very interesting.
G.What chores do you like
13. A.I think it's relaxing. B.Do you like doing the dishes
C.What do you want to do D.No, not really.
E.What are you doing now F.Yes, it's very interesting.
G.What chores do you like
14. A.I think it's relaxing. B.Do you like doing the dishes
C.What do you want to do D.No, not really.
E.What are you doing now F.Yes, it's very interesting.
G.What chores do you like
15. A.I think it's relaxing. B.Do you like doing the dishes
C.What do you want to do D.No, not really.
E.What are you doing now F.Yes, it's very interesting.
G.What chores do you like
三、阅读理解-阅读回答问题（共1小题；共8分）
In some Western countries, many children do chores to get pocket money. They usually start to do this when they are ten years old.
School students have to do homework and study for tests. They don't have much free time on weekdays. They often do chores on weekends.
Young kids only do easy chores. So they don't get much money. But that's enough. Many of them only want to buy candy. And candy is cheap. They often help do the dishes, sweep the floor or feed the pet cat or dog.
When they get older, they want to buy more and more things. They want things that are more expensive than candy. So they have to work harder. They often help their parents wash the family car, cut the grass or cook meals.
Some jobs are a good way for kids to learn new things. For example, they can learn how to use a lawn mower (割草机) or cook. Of course, their parents help them at first.
16. How do many children get pocket money in some Western countries
_____
17. When do many children usually begin to do chores in some Western countries
_____
18. ( )Mary wants to get more pocket money to buy something expensive. She may _____.
A. do the dishes
B. feed the pet cat
C. cook meals
D. sweep the floor
19. ( )Which of the following is NOT true
A. Young kids do easy chores because they can get much money from their parents.
B. School students often do chores on Saturdays and Sundays.
C. If kids get older and want something more expensive, they have to work harder.
D. Kids can learn how to cook with the help of their parents.
四、句子填空（共15小题；共30分）
20. There are some books on the _____ (地板).
21. I bought a white _____ (衬衫) for my father.
22. I used the knife to cut things, but I cut my _____ (手指) by chance.
23. We went to the library to _____ (借) some books.
24. Can you _____ (借给) your ruler to me I left mine at home.
25. We should _____ (扔) the rubbish into the dustbin.
26. Please _____ (递) the salt to me.
27. What a _____ (杂乱)! You should clean up your bedroom at once.
28. I help my mother _____ (洗餐具) every day.
29. Could you please _____ (叠衣服)
30. My mother is busy _____ (一直).
31. He spent _____ (一整天) cleaning the room.
32. What else did you do _____ (一整晚)
33. My mother asked me to take out the _____ (垃圾).
34. _____ (厌恶) doing chores. I think it's boring.
五、句型运用（共5小题；共10分）
35. 同义句转换，每空一词
My father is always busy.
My father is busy _____ _____ _____.
36. 同义句转换，每空一词。
My brother lent a new bike to me.
I _____ a new bike _____ my brother.
37. 同义句转换,每空一词
Neither of us ate fish.
She didn't eat fish. _____ _____ I.
38. 同义句转换，每空一词
I will call you the minute I see him.
I will call you _____ _____ _____ I see him.
39. 同义句转换，每空一词。
Lily is taller than Tom.
Tom is not _____ tall _____ Lily.
六、完成句子（共5小题；共10分）
40. 当我正在玩电脑游戏的时候，我妈妈过来了。
While I was playing computer games, my mother _____ _____.
41. 我的爷爷一直关注着有关 2020 年洪灾的报道。
My grandpa pays attention to the report on the flood of 2020 _____ _____ _____.
42. 他们惊讶地看着那个陌生人。
They looked at the stranger _____ _____.
43. 我一走进教室，我的同班同学都站了起来。
_____ _____ I walked into the classroom, my classmates stood up.
44. 他一进门，我就递给他一瓶果汁。
_____ _____ _____ he went in, I passed him a bottle of juice.
答案
第一部分
1 . C
【解析】
句意：——我的英语很差，你能帮我一下吗？——没问题。结合语境及所给选项可知此处表示肯定回答“没问题”。故答案选 C。
2 . A
【解析】
句意：——你能帮我一下吗？我自己搬不动这个箱子。——没有问题。根据“I can’t move the box by myself.”推知，此处是请求帮助，Could 符合语境。
3 . C
【解析】
句意：她的爸爸喜欢做晚饭但讨厌洗餐具。make dinner“做晚餐”；do the dishes“洗餐具”。
4 . A
【解析】
句意：——你在哪儿买的那顶漂亮的帽子，在商店还是超市？——两个都不是。我习惯于在网上购物。neither 意为“两者都不”；either 意为“两者之一”；both 意为“两者都”；none 意为“没有一个（三者及三者以上）”。根据句意并结合词义可知应选 A 项。
5 . B
【解析】
句意：——汤姆，快点！你只有 10 分钟时间去赶校车。——哦，爸爸。10 分钟对我来说足够了。根据谓语动词 have 是一般现在时，可知此空也用一般现在时，排除 C 和 D 两项。10 minutes 表示“10 分钟”，时间作主语时，谓语用单数形式，所以空格处填 is。故选 B。
6 . A
【解析】
句意：Tom 很饿，他一回到家就吃了一个汉堡包。as soon as 意为“一……就……”；even though 意为“尽管，虽然”；as long as 意为“只要”；in order to 意为“目的是，为了”。
7 . B
【解析】
考查动词辨析，句意：萨姆昨天向我借了一台电脑。由句中介词 from 可知，用 borrow sth. from sb. 短语，表示“向某人借某物”。
8 . B
【解析】
句意：“你昨天看见钟南山院士了？”我的朋友惊讶地问。in surprise 意为“惊讶地”。
9 . A
【解析】
此题考查的是短语辨析。句意：——现在，移动支付非常便捷。几乎每个人都在使用移动支付。——是的。我们甚至不需要从银行取款。take out sth. from… 从……取某物；take off 起飞；脱下；take up 开始从事，占据。故选A。
因此，正确答案是A。
10 . C
【解析】
考查形容词词义辨析。句意：这道菜尝起来像看起来那么好吃吗？句中 taste 是系动词，后面用形容词作表语，句式 as... as 中间接形容词、副词原级，故选 C。
第二部分
11 . E
【解析】
根据答语“I'm sweeping the floor. 我正在扫地。”可知，问句是询问对方在做什么。
12 . D
【解析】
根据后面的句子“It's too boring, but I have to do it. 它很无聊，但我又不得不做。”可知，此处应该是否定回答。
13 . G
【解析】
根据答语“I like to make the bed and water the flowers. 我喜欢整理床铺和浇花。”可知，此处是询问对方喜欢做什么家务。
14 . B
【解析】
根据答语的“Yes.”及后面的句子“I often help my mother do the dishes.”可猜测，此处谈论的话题是洗餐具，且句子是一般疑问句。
15 . A
【解析】
根据“Yes.”可知，Ann 喜欢洗餐具，认为这很轻松。
第三部分
16 . They do chores.
【解析】
根据短文第一段第一句“…many children do chores to get pocket money.”可知是通过做家务来获得零花钱。
17 . At the age of 10.
【解析】
由文中第一段第二句话“They usually start to do this when they are ten years old.”可知是从十岁开始做家务的。
18 . C
【解析】
根据短文第四段中的句子“They often help their parents wash the family car, cut the grass or cook meals.”可知答案选 C。
19 . A
【解析】
根据短文第三段中的句子“Young kids only do easy chores. So they don't get much money.”可知 A 项说法与短文内容不符。
第四部分
20 . floor
21 . shirt
22 . finger
23 . borrow
24 . lend
25 . throw
26 . pass
27 . mess
28 . do the dishes
29 . fold the clothes
30 . all the time
31 . all day
32 . all evening
33 . rubbish
34 . hate
第五部分
35 . all, the, time
36 . borrowed, from
37 . Neither, did
38 . as, soon, as
39 . as/ so, as
第六部分
40 . came, over
41 . all, the, time
42 . in, surprise
43 . The, minute
44 . As, soon, as
第1页（共1 页）人教版八下英语 Unit 1 What_s the matter 单元检测
一、单项选择（共15小题；共33分）
1. Every one of us _____ always breathe the same breath and share the same future as the people.
A.might B.should C.could
2. Sally was interested _____ science and wanted to be a scientist.
A.for B.in C.through D.at
3. Boys and girls, you should look after when your parents are not at home.
A.himself B.herself C.yourselves D.themselves
4. —What's ____ matter with you
—I have _____ headache.
A.a; the B.a; a C.the; a D./; the
5. They had trouble _____ out of the forest without help.
A.get B.to get C.getting D.got
6. —Did you see the boys yesterday afternoon
—Yes. I saw them _____ the fence (栅栏) when I passed.
A.climb B.climbed C.to climb D.climbing
7. Before all the masks (口罩) _____, you could buy some more.
A.are run out B.use up C.run out D.run out of
8. —Do you know the girl _____ is giving the speech
—Of course. She is my best friend, Meimei.
A.which B.who C.whom D.what
9. —You must realize the _____ of wearing masks (口罩) now.
—Oh, I know. Thanks.
A.decision B.importance C.discussion D.difference
10. _____ of them felt tired but quite happy after _____ sports meeting.
A.Every one; the two-day B.None; a two-day
C.Everyone; two days
11. Although you may meet some difficulties, you should never _____.
A.get up B.grow up C.give out D.give up
12. —Candy, I have a toothache. What should I do
—You'd better see a dentist and get _____ X-ray.
A.an B.a C./
13. —My daughter is young, but she can _____ a big company (公司) by herself.
—How excellent she is!
A.keep on doing B.get out of
C.be in control of D.take risks
14. —What _____ wrong with you last week, Li Hua
—I had _____ fever.
A.is; the B.was; a C.were; the D.are; a
15. —You don't look well. What's the matter with you
—_____.
A.I won the game B.Maybe I have a fever
C.That's too bad
二、完形填空（共1小题；共20分）
If you want to lose weight over the long haul (长期), your best bet (赌注) is to make sustainable (可持续的), long-term lifestyle changes. But sometimes life comes to you fast and you _____16_____ a fast solution. One smart lifestyle change is to eat plenty of _____17_____—especially for someone looking forward to losing weight. Vegetables _____18_____ nutritious (营养丰富的).
Another healthy change that will help you _____19_____ better is to cut back on salt. Sodium (钠) causes your body to hold onto excess water, so _____20_____ a high-salt diet means you're likely to store more water _____21_____ necessary. If you're in a rush to lose weight fast, cut out added salt as much as possible.
It is better to drink a glass of water _____22_____ a meal, which can decrease the amount you eat at meals. It's hard for your eyes to be bigger than your stomach when you're already full from drinking plenty of _____23_____! Keep a water bottle _____24_____ you at all times, and aim at drinking eight glasses of water a _____25_____. Don't drink soda, juice, sweet coffee or tea. Throw lemon slices or other fruit into your water to add flavor (口味)—it will encourage you to drink more!
16. A.help B.need C.get D.use
17. A.fruit B.meat C.food D.vegetables
18. A.am B.is C.are D.be
19. A.look B.see C.read D.watch
20. A.have B.had C.having D.has
21. A.then B.than C.in D.among
22. A.before B.ago C.after D.between
23. A.bread B.tea C.food D.water
24. A.for B.with C.to D.on
25. A.week B.month C.year D.day
三、阅读理解-阅读选择（共3小题；共30分）
Name: Li Ping Job: A teacher Trouble: She has two classes every day. She has a sore throat. Advice: Don't talk too much. Drink a lot of hot water.
Name: Xu Feng Job: A cook Trouble: He cooks plenty of dishes every day. He has a pain in his left arm. Advice: Do some exercise. Take some medicine.
Name: Zhang Wei Job: An engineer Trouble: He often works overtime in front of the computer. He has a sore back. Advice: Have a good rest.
Name: Xu Li Job: A policewoman Trouble: She doesn't eat regularly (有规律地). She has a bad stomachache. Advice: Go to the doctor and take some medicine.
26. What's the matter with Li Ping
A.She has a sore back. B.She has a stomachache.
C.She has a sore throat. D.She has a toothache.
27. What causes Xu Feng's trouble
A.He talks too much.
B.He cooks too many dishes.
C.He often works in front of his computer.
D.He doesn't eat regularly.
28. What's the advice for Xu Li
A.Going to the doctor. B.Doing exercise.
C.Having a good rest. D.Drinking much hot water.
29. Does Xu Li have a stomachache
A.Yes, she does. B.No, she doesn't,
C.We don't know. D.Maybe.
30. Which of the following is true
A.Li Ping has three classes each day.
B.Xu Feng should take some medicine.
C.Zhang Wei works with children.
D.Xu Li has a bad toothache.
Barbara was driving her six-year-old son, Ben, to his piano lesson. They were late, and Barbara was beginning to think she should have called it off. Barbara, a nurse at the local hospital, was very tired at that moment. The coldest season and the terrible weather just brought them more difficulties.
"Mum!" Ben cried suddenly. "Look!" Just ahead, a car had lost control on the icy road and crashed (猛撞) into a telephone pole. Barbara stopped her car quickly and opened the door. She said to Ben, "Dear, promise me you'll stay in the car!" "I will, Mum," Ben said as his mum ran. She was a nurse—she might be able to help the unlucky people.
It was terrible. Two girls aged about 18 were in the car. One was dead and the other was still breathing. Barbara quickly cleaned the wounds in the driver's head. Ben called for help on his mum's phone. Soon an ambulance came. "Good job, Barbara! You've saved her life," one doctor said as he examined the driver's wounds. Barbara walked back to her car with a feeling of sadness, especially for the family of the girl who had died. Later, Barbara was able to meet the family of the driver. They expressed their thanks to Barbara for the help she had provided.
31. When did the accident happen
A.In spring. B.In summer. C.In winter.
32. Why did Ben cry suddenly
A.Because he saw a traffic accident.
B.Because he didn't want to go to the piano lesson.
C.Because he wanted to tell his mum to drive carefully.
33. According to the passage, _____.
A.the driver died in the end
B.Ben and Barbara were helpful
C.Barbara called an ambulance on her phone
34. How did Barbara feel when she walked back to her car
A.Sad. B.Happy. C.Surprised.
35. Which of the following is TRUE
A.The accident happened on Barbara's way home.
B.Ben helped his mum clean the driver's wounds.
C.The one who examined the driver's wounds knew Barbara.
W: Hi, Peter! You look terrible! What's the matter with you
M: _____36_____
W: Sorry to hear that. _____37_____
M: I cut myself by accident while I was making dinner.
W: That sounds bad. _____38_____
M: Yes, it's kind of serious.
W: Have you seen a doctor
M: Yes. _____39_____
W: What did the doctor do with the cut
M: _____40_____
W: Oh! Don't touch water. And you will be better soon.
M: OK. Thank you!
W: You are welcome.
36. A.How long have you been like this
B.Is it serious
C.I cut my finger yesterday.
D.What happened
E.He washed the cut, put some medicine on it and then put a bandage on it.
F.Take these medicine three times a day.
G.My wife drove me to the hospital.
37. A.How long have you been like this
B.Is it serious
C.I cut my finger yesterday.
D.What happened
E.He washed the cut, put some medicine on it and then put a bandage on it.
F.Take these medicine three times a day.
G.My wife drove me to the hospital.
38. A.How long have you been like this
B.Is it serious
C.I cut my finger yesterday.
D.What happened
E.He washed the cut, put some medicine on it and then put a bandage on it.
F.Take these medicine three times a day.
G.My wife drove me to the hospital.
39. A.How long have you been like this
B.Is it serious
C.I cut my finger yesterday.
D.What happened
E.He washed the cut, put some medicine on it and then put a bandage on it.
F.Take these medicine three times a day.
G.My wife drove me to the hospital.
40. A.How long have you been like this
B.Is it serious
C.I cut my finger yesterday.
D.What happened
E.He washed the cut, put some medicine on it and then put a bandage on it.
F.Take these medicine three times a day.
G.My wife drove me to the hospital.
四、阅读理解-阅读完成句子（共1小题；共10分）
Cold passers-by leave the fallen old man to die
On the afternoon of Wednesday, an 83-year-old retired official, Mr. Zheng, fell down and died on the street in Fuzhou. Although many passers-by saw him fall, no one actually helped him. A witness (目击者), Mr. Chen, said he saw the old man was walking and fell down suddenly and he guessed that the old man might have stepped on some little stones and slipped (滑倒). When Mr. Zheng fell down, there were about five to six people near him who quickly surrounded (围绕) and watched him, but no one did anything to help him.
The most beautiful teacher in China
Zhang Lili is a teacher at No. 19 Middle School in the city of Jiamusi, Heilongjiang Province. These days, many people think she is the most beautiful teacher in China, because she saved her students from a traffic accident. On that day, Zhang and her two students were crossing the road outside the school gate when a bus suddenly lost control and ran fast towards them. Zhang pushed the students out of the way, but she herself was hit by the bus. As a result, the 29-year-old teacher lost her legs. The principal of No. 19 Middle School, Jiamusi City, said, "Zhang is a great teacher in our school. She's also the most popular teacher among the students. For the students, she is like a sister." Zhang's bravery and kindness moved a lot of people in China.
根据以上内容填空，每空词数不限。
Information Card
Mr. Zheng's age _____41_____
What happened to the old man while he was walking _____42_____
Zhang Lili's job _____43_____
The people Zhang Lili saved in the accident _____44_____
What was wrong with Zhang Lili _____45_____
41. _____
42. _____
43. _____
44. _____
45. _____
五、句子填空（共11小题；共40分）
call, carry, sale, however, they, difficulty, each, hospital, to, near
Guo Moruo, a foreign student from Uzbekistan (乌兹别克斯坦), gave _____46_____ 30,000 masks and some medicine to Guangdong University of Foreign Studies and hospitals in Guangzhou. Because of this, netizens (网民) _____47_____ him "the god of masks (口罩)".
Until early February, Guo had already bought 12,000 masks and brought them _____48_____ China. And this time, he flew to China again, _____49_____ about 15,000 masks. 5,000 of _____50_____ would be given to people of Uzbekistan in China, and the remaining (剩余的) 10,000 masks would be given to _____51_____, the front-line staff (员工) and other international (国际的) students.
"Now, 70% of the chemists in my country have no masks for _____52_____. A mask used to cost 0.50 yuan, but it costs 5 yuan now. _____53_____ person was only allowed to buy 5 to 10 masks every time. A lot of people wanted to pay for it so that I could make money. _____54_____, I think when others meet with _____55_____, we should never think about money—just help," Guo said.
46. _____
47. _____
48. _____
49. _____
50. _____
51. _____
52. _____
53. _____
54. _____
55. _____
56. You need to see a dentist if you have a t_____.
57. As we know, the policeman didn't think about h_____ in the accident.
58. His mother is a n_____ in the hospital; she is very tired every day.
59. —What about l_____ on the sofa and watching TV
—That's not good for your eyes.
60. The boy usually plays computer games for hours without taking b_____.
61. This large animal has four _____ (foot).
62. The girl enjoyed _____ (her) in the water.
63. We didn't know the _____ (important) of learning English.
64. We couldn't believe it when we heard of his _____ (die).
65. Everyone was _____ (surprise) at the bad news.
六、汉译英（共5小题；共10分）
66. 你应该早点上床睡觉。
_____
67. 我弟弟昨天晚上胃痛。
_____
68. 你为什么不躺下休息一下呢？
_____
69. 我们都对流行音乐感兴趣。
_____
70. 令我惊讶的是，他赢得了演讲比赛。
_____
七、书面表达（共1小题；共15分）
71. 一场突如其来的疫情为我们忙碌的生活按下了暂停键，我们开始居家隔离，开始外出戴口罩，开始线上办公、学习……长期居家隔离，生活不规律让很多人放弃了运动，开始发胖，影响了健康。为了让运动健身意识深入人心，你校英文专栏正以“Let's do exercise together”为题，向全校学生征文。 请根据下面的内容提示写一篇短文投稿。
提示：
运动的重要性 运动的时间与方式
保持健康、提高免疫力、完善性格…… 利用网课休息间隙做眼保健操； 简单扭动身体，每天早饭前跑步或晚饭后散步； 周末游泳、爬山等； ……
参考词汇：
提高免疫力 improve immunity 完善性格 develop one's character
要求：
1.文章必须包含以上全部要点，并进行完善，可适当发挥；
2.80 词左右，短文开头、结尾已给出，不计入总词数。
Let's do exercise together
During the special period, it's more important for us to exercise.
_____
Let's do exercise together and have healthy bodies!
答案
第一部分
1 . B
【解析】
might 表示“也许”，should 表示“应该”，could 表示“能够”。根据语境可知选 B。
2 . B
【解析】
be interested in 是固定搭配，意为“对……感兴趣”，故所缺的介词是 in。
3 . C
【解析】
此题考查的是反身代词辨析。句意：孩子们，父母不在家的时候，你们应该照顾自己。himself 他自己；herself 她自己；yourselves 你们自己；themselves 他们自己。根据主语you可知用yourselves。
因此，正确答案是C。
4 . C
【解析】
句意：——你怎么了？——我头痛。询问“某人怎么了？”常用句型 What's the matter with sb. have a headache 意为“头痛”，是固定用法。
5 . C
【解析】
have trouble (in) doing sth. 是固定用法，意为“做某事有困难”。
6 . D
【解析】
分析句子结构可知，设空处需用非谓语动词，see sb. doing sth. 看见某人正在做某事，根据答语中的 when I passed（当我经过时）可知答案。
7 . C
【解析】
句意：在所有的口罩用完之前，你可以再买一些。run out 用完，sth. run out 某物用完了，sb. run out of sth. 某人用完了某物，run out 是不及物动词短语，没有被动语态；use up 用完，如果使用 use up，要用被动语态。
8 . B
【解析】
句意：——你认识那个正在发表演讲的女孩吗？——当然了。她是我最好的朋友，梅梅。此题中先行词为 the girl，关系词在定语从句中充当主语，故使用关系代词 who。
9 . B
【解析】
句意：——现在你必须要意识到戴口罩的重要性。——哦，我知道了，谢谢。decision 意为“决定”；importance 意为“重要性”；discussion 意为“讨论；谈论”；difference 意为“不同；区别”。由句意可知答案选 B。
10 . A
【解析】
考查代词与复合形容词。句意：两天的运动会之后，每个人都觉得很累但都很高兴。everyone 不与 of 连用,排除 C；运动会是有特指的,排除 B。故选 A。
11 . D
【解析】
句意：虽然你可能会遇到一些困难，但你永远不应该放弃。get up“起床”；grow up“长大”；give out“分发”；give up“放弃”。根据句意可知遇到困难不应该放弃。
12 . A
【解析】
考查冠词用法。句意：——坎蒂，我牙疼。我该怎么办？——你最好去看牙医，拍个 X 光片。X-ray 是以元音音素开头的单词，不定冠词用 an。
13 . C
【解析】
句意：——我的女儿很年轻，但她可以自己管理一个大公司。——她真优秀啊！A 项意为“继续做某事”；B 项意为“离开”；C 项意为“掌管；管理”；D 项意为“冒险”。由句意可知答案选 C。
14 . B
【解析】
根据句中的 last week 可知问句应用一般过去时，be 动词用 was；have a fever 意为“发热；发烧”，是固定用法。
15 . B
【解析】
句意：——你看起来不太好。你怎么啦？——我可能发烧了。I won the game“我赢得了比赛”；Maybe I have a fever“我可能发烧了”；That's too bad“那太糟糕了”。由句意可知选 B。
第二部分
16 . B
【解析】
此处意为“你需要一个快速的解决方案”。由语境可知此处用动词 need。
17 . D
【解析】
根据后面的 Vegetables 及生活常识可知多吃蔬菜有利于健康和减肥。
18 . C
【解析】
句中的 Vegetables 是复数名词，故后面的 be 动词用 are。
19 . A
【解析】
句意：另一个有助于你看起来更好的健康变化是减少盐的摄入。此处的 look 是系动词，意为“看起来”。
20 . C
【解析】
动名词作主语。
21 . B
【解析】
因此，吃高盐饮食意味着你可能储存了超过必要的水分。根据前面出现的 more 可知此处用 than。
22 . A
【解析】
由语境可知，饭前喝水可以减少食物的摄入。
23 . D
【解析】
本段描述的内容与水有关。
24 . B
【解析】
由句意可知是说随身带着水瓶。介词 with 在此处意为“带有；伴随”。
25 . D
【解析】
根据语境及生活常识可知一天喝八杯水才是最好的。
第三部分
26 . C
【解析】
根据表格第一栏中的句子“She has two classes every day. She has a sore throat.”可知选 C。
27 . B
【解析】
由表格第二栏中的句子“He cooks plenty of dishes every day. He has a pain in his left arm.”可知选 B。
28 . A
【解析】
从表格最后一栏中的句子“Go to the doctor and take some medicine.”可知她应该去看医生。
29 . A
【解析】
根据表格最后一栏中的句子“She has a bad stomachache.”可知选 A。
30 . B
【解析】
根据表格中的信息可知只有 B 项是正确的。
31 . C
【解析】
根据文中“The coldest season and the terrible weather just brought them more difficulties. 最冷的季节和恶劣的天气给他们带来了更多的困难。”可知是冬天。
32 . A
【解析】
根据文中“Just ahead, a car had lost control on the icy road and crashed (猛撞) into a telephone pole.”可知是因为本看见一辆汽车在结冰的路上失去了控制，撞上了电线杆。故选 A。
33 . B
【解析】
根据文中第三段中的“Barbara quickly cleaned the wounds in the driver's head. Ben called for help on his mum's phone.”可知巴巴拉很快把司机头上的伤口擦干净了，本打电话求助。两个人都是有帮助的，故答案为 B。
34 . A
【解析】
根据文中“Barbara walked back to her car with a feeling of sadness, especially for the family of the girl who had died.”可知巴巴拉带着一种悲伤的心情走回她的车。故答案为 A。
35 . C
【解析】
根据文中“Barbara was driving her six-year-old son, Ben, to his piano lesson.”及“Barbara quickly cleaned the wounds in the driver's head.”可知 A、B 项错误。根据文中“'Good job, Barbara! You've saved her life,' one doctor said as he examined the driver's wounds.”可知 C 项正确。
36 . C
【解析】
根据上文询问“你怎么了？”和下文“听到这个很遗憾。”可知，选项 C“我昨天割伤了手指。”符合语境。
37 . D
【解析】
根据下文“我做晚饭时意外地割伤了自己。”可知，本句问的是“如何割伤手指的”。选项 D“发生了什么？”符合语境。
38 . B
【解析】
根据答语“是的，有点严重。”可知，设空处是一般疑问句，询问“它严重吗？”，故选项 B 符合语境。
39 . G
【解析】
根据上文“你看过医生了吗？”和“是的。”可知，选项 G“我妻子开车送我去了医院。”符合语境。
40 . E
【解析】
根据上文“医生是如何处理伤口的？”可知，选项 E“他清洗了伤口，在上面上了药，然后在上面缠上了绷带。”符合语境。
第四部分
41 . 83./ Eighty-three (years old).
【解析】
根据表格一中的“an 83-year-old retired official, Mr. Zheng”可知郑先生 83 岁了。
42 . He fell down suddenly.
【解析】
由表格一中的句子“A witness, Mr. Chen, said he saw the old man was walking and fell down suddenly and he...”可知郑先生是突然摔倒的。
43 . A teacher.
【解析】
由表格二中的句子“Zhang Lili is a teacher at No. 19 Middle School…”可知张丽莉是一位老师。
44 . Two students.
【解析】
由表格二中的句子“On that day, Zhang and her two students were crossing the road outside the school gate when…”可知张丽莉救了两个学生。
45 . She lost her legs.
【解析】
根据表格二中的句子“As a result, the 29-year-old teacher lost her legs.”可知张丽莉失去了她的双腿。
第五部分
46 . nearly
【解析】
句意：一个来自乌兹别克斯坦的留学生郭沫若向广州的广东外语外贸大学和医院赠送了近 30,000 个口罩和一些药品。根据句意可知，填副词 nearly，表示“几乎，将近”。
47 . called
【解析】
句意：正因为如此，网民称他为“口罩之神”。netizens 是主语，him 是代词宾格形式，在句子中作宾语，所以此处填一个动词作谓语，call 符合句意，由语境可知，事情发生在过去。
48 . to
【解析】
句意：直到 2 月初，郭沫若已经买了 12,000 个口罩带回中国。bring sth. to… 意为“把某物带到某地”。
49 . carrying
【解析】
句意：而且这一次，他又带着大约 15,000 个口罩飞到了中国。根据句意可知，此处表示“携带”，由句子结构可知，此处需要用动词的非谓语形式，he 与 carry 之间存在逻辑上的主动关系，所以填 carrying。
50 . them
【解析】
句意：其中 5,000 个口罩发放给乌兹别克斯坦在华人员，其余 10,000 个发放给医院，一线工作人员和其他留学生。此空指代“15,000 masks”，位于介词之后，所以用 they 的宾格形式。
51 . hospitals
【解析】
句意：其中 5,000 个口罩发放给乌兹别克斯坦在华人员，其余 10,000 个发放给医院，一线工作人员和其他留学生。hospital 是可数名词，这里用名词复数。
52 . sale
【解析】
句意：现在，我的国家 70% 的药房没有口罩出售。for sale 是介词短语，意为“出售”。
53 . Each
【解析】
句意：每人每次只能买 5 到 10 个口罩。each 表示每个，后接名词单数，后面的谓语动词也用单数。根据句意，each person 意为“每个人”。
54 . However
【解析】
由空前“A lot of people wanted to pay for it so that I could make money.”以及空后的“我们不应该想着钱，只要帮助就好”可知此处表示转折。
55 . difficulties
【解析】
由 just help 可知，我们要帮助那些遇到困难的人。
56 . toothache/ oothache
57 . himself/ imself
58 . nurse/ urse
59 . lying/ ying
60 . breaks/ reaks
61 . feet
【解析】
根据句中的 four 可知此处用名词复数形式。
62 . herself
【解析】
enjoy oneself 意为“玩得愉快”，主语是 The girl，故用 herself。
63 . importance
【解析】
根据句中的 the 可知此处用名词，the importance of 意为“……的重要性”。
64 . death
【解析】
由句中的 his 可知此处用名词 death。
65 . surprised
【解析】
be surprised at 意为“对……感到惊奇”。
第六部分
66 . You should go to bed early.
67 . My little brother had a stomachache last night.
68 . Why don't you lie down and rest / Why don't you lie down and have a rest
69 . We are all interested in pop music.
70 . To my surprise, he won the speech competition.
第七部分
71 . Let's do exercise together
During the special period, it's more important for us to exercise. As we all know, doing exercise can not only help us improve immunity and keep healthy, but also help to develop our character. What's more, doing exercise helps us study better.
We can exercise at any time anywhere. It's good for us to do eye exercises or simply shake our bodies between online class breaks at home. And we can run before breakfast or take a walk after dinner in our neighborhood if we are in control of our time. On weekends, we can climb mountains or go swimming. Also, we can go hiking during vacations.
Let's do exercise together and have healthy bodies!
第1页（共1 页）人教版八下英语 期中测试2
一、单项选择（共15小题；共30分）
1. _____ give him a watch It's his birthday.
A.What about B.Let's C.Why don't D.Why don't you
2. Cathy looks _____, because she will go to Jimmy's birthday party.
A.tired B.relaxed C.bored D.excited
3. —You didn't come to my birthday party yesterday. What's wrong
—Sorry, I was so busy that I _____ forgot it.
A.suddenly B.recently C.completely
4. With the development of China, Chinese _____ by more and more people in the world.
A.speaks B.is spoken C.speak D.is speaking
5. —The little boy _____ some kind-hearted people for food.
—How poor he is!
A.looks after B.depends on C.gives away D.cares for
6. In difficult times, there are always national heroes _____ step up and bring people hope.
A.whom B.which C.who
7. —Could I _____ your bike
—Sorry, I _____ it to Jim yesterday.
A.lend;borrowed B.borrow;lent C.borrow;lend
8. Mars Base 1 Camp was built in Jinchang, Gansu, to let young people experience for _____.
A.it B.them C.itself D.themselves
9. —You are my son. _____ you do, I will support (支持) you.
—-Thanks, Daddy. Give me five!
A.However B.Whatever C.Whoever D.Wherever
10. —I called you last night, but nobody answered. Where were you then
—Oh, I _____ my pet dog in my yard.
A.walked B.was walking C.am walking D.will walk
11. —Ted went home _____ because his new iPad was lost yesterday.
—How unlucky he was!
A.in silent B.by silence C.in silence D.in silently
12. The old man lives _____ in the mountains but he doesn't feel _____ at all.
A.alone; alone B.alone; lonely
C.lonely; lonely D.lonely; alone
13. You can surf the Internet _____ you want to know more about the 2020 World Middle School Games.
A.if B.although C.until
14. —Yang Ming, could you please teach me Chinese
—_____.
A.Not at all B.It is a big deal
C.With pleasure D.That's all right
15. —How does Jack usually go to work
—He _____ drive a car, but now he _____ there to lose weight.
A.used to; is used to walk
B.was used to; is used to walking
C.was used to; is used to walk
D.used to; is used to walking
二、完形填空（共1小题；共20分）
Being street smart is an important skill to have and a good way to take care of yourself.
Always carry your phone with you, but do not look at _____16_____ while you are walking. Being able to communicate or call for help is important, so keep a list of useful numbers. But put your phone away while you are walking so that you can keep your _____17_____ up and see what's going on around. If you do need to check your phone, _____18_____ and look at it quickly.
Don't wear earphones _____19_____ you are out. If you have to _____20_____ something when you're out, use only one earphone or play it at a very low volume (音量).
Travel with _____21_____ or family members when possible and never go anywhere with a stranger. It's _____22_____ to be careful with strangers. Remember not to get into a stranger's car if they call you over.
_____23_____ dark and out-of-the-way places. Do not take short cuts through dark areas, even if it will make your trip much faster. If you have to go to unsafe places, go _____24_____ someone you know or speak to someone over the phone while you are there.
Run and shout if you feel unsafe. Run away as fast as you can towards a police station, hospital, or nearby business for _____25_____. Shout as loudly as you can to get the attention of people nearby.
16. A.me B.it C.him D.her
17. A.head B.nose C.hands D.arms
18. A.walk B.run C.stop D.start
19. A.though B.unless C.until D.while
20. A.look for B.wait for C.listen to D.talk to
21. A.parents B.brothers C.sisters D.friends
22. A.important B.impossible C.boring D.interesting
23. A.Find B.Avoid C.Visit D.Clean
24. A.to B.for C.with D.without
25. A.help B.drink C.money D.medicine
三、阅读理解-阅读选择（共4小题；共40分）
It was a cold evening. I was in a restaurant wearing a pair of new white shoes when a boy of ten came to me. He was in an old large shirt. "Excuse me, sir! Could I clean your shoes " the boy asked. "_____" I answered.
The boy was busy doing his work when a heavy rain began. More and more people rushed in and I could not find the boy. Several hours passed; I thought the boy would not return my shoes. When it was near midnight, the rain stopped. As the restaurant was to be closed, I had to move to the door.
To my surprise, at the door, I found the boy was sleeping without his old large shirt. He held a package wrapped (包裹) by his shirt in his arms. I shook him and woke him up. He jumped up and cleaned his eyes for a while before he recognized me. Then he opened the package hurriedly, gave my shoes back to me, and said, "I am sorry, sir." "It doesn't matter," I said. Then, I thanked him and wrapped him with his unfit shirt. On my way home, the boy still stayed in my mind.
26. Which of the following is RIGHT about the boy
A.He was very polite. B.He was 11.
C.He had a new shirt. D.He wore new shoes.
27. Which of the following can be put in "_____"
A.Sorry, OK. B.No, thanks.
C.Yes, please. D.Of course not.
28. Why was the writer not able to find the boy
A.The rain was very heavy. B.The boy went to sleep.
C.The boy hid himself away. D.Too many people came in.
29. What does the underlined word "recognized" mean
A.看见 B.付费 C.帮助 D.认出
30. What can we know from the above story
A.The writer was deeply moved by the boy.
B.The boy wanted to take the shoes home.
C.The writer's shoes were all wet finally.
D.The boy got lots of money from the writer.
Helping others is a great thing to do. You can learn new things and have fun. You can help people, animals or the environment. It can make you feel good too! How can you help Charities are organizations that help others, for example, UNICEF or WWF. You can help charities by giving your time, giving money or giving things that you own. You can also help people or places you know. Volunteering Volunteering is when you give your time to help others. Some ways of volunteering are: ●visiting old people to talk to them or help them ●walking dogs at an animal shelter ●cleaning up a park Fund-raising Fund-raising is when you collect money to help others. Some ways of fund-raising are: ●making cakes or biscuits to sell ●doing a sponsored walk(慈善筹款徒步活动) Donating Donating is when you give your things to help others. Some ways of donating are: ●giving your old toys or clothes to a charity that helps sick children or poor people ●giving your old books to a library So, what can you do to help others
31. Which organization is mentioned in the passage
A.ORBIS. B.Oxfam. C.WWF. D.WTO.
32. Which of the following is a good way to raise money fora charity
A.Visiting a sick child. B.Doing a sponsored walk.
C.Cleaning up a library. D.Talking with old people.
33. What does "an animal shelter" probably refer to
A.A house to protect animals from rain...
B.A building to keep animals on display.
C.A home for large and dangerous animals.
D.A place for poor and homeless animals.
34. What is the author's purpose in writing this passage
A.To show ways of helping others.
B.To share personal experiences.
C.To explain reasons for donations.
D.To introduce some organizations.
35. Where doss the passage probably come from
A.A magazine. B.A storybook.
C.A travelling guide. D.A science fiction.
When you are feeling unhappy or forget how great you are, these are six ways to make you feel good about yourself.
1) Look in the mirror and say to yourself, "I am a special person and there's no one in the world like me. I can do anything!" It may not sound so good, but it really works!
2) Do something nice for someone. Helping others always makes you feel good.
3) Smile! Be friendly to people you meet. Look for the good things in your friends and family.
4) Learn something new! Have you always wanted to decorate (装饰) your own room or learn how to swim Go for it! New challenges (挑战) are fun and give you a sense of accomplishment when you have finished.
5) Read and start a diary. Turn off the TV and let your imagination fly! Write down your thoughts, dreams or anything you want! Writing always helps to express your feelings.
6) Stay with your family. We all need our family time. Talk with your mum or dad or maybe even your cousin.
36. This passage may be taken from _____.
A.a science book B.a storybook
C.a magazine D.school rules
37. According to the passage, when you are helping others, you will _____.
A.be special B.be sure C.feel nice D.be remembered
38. What do the underlined words "a sense of accomplishment" mean in Chinese
A.成就感 B.忧伤感 C.挫折感 D.信任感
39. Which of the following should you say "NO" to when you are unhappy
A.Looking for the good in others.
B.Staying alone at home as much as possible.
C.Learning something new.
D.Keeping a diary to express your feelings.
40. The best title for the passage is "_____".
A.Do Your Best
B.Six Ways to Feel Good About Yourself
C.It's Never Too Late to Learn
D.Always Smile to Your Life
A: Hi, Cindy. Will you come to my birthday party next week
B: Sorry, Peter. I am leaving for London next week.
A: Really _____41_____
B: Yeah. But I'm a bit nervous.
A: Nervous about what
B: I don't know many of the customs and manners in the UK. _____42_____
A: Sure.
B: What should I do when I am invited to my friend's home for dinner
A: Well, it's impolite to arrive late. _____43_____
B: Then how long may I stay there
A: _____44_____ Or you may seem to have come only for dinner. When your friends seem to be getting tired and running out of things, _____45_____
B: Thanks for your advice.
41. A.You are supposed to go right away.
B.After the meal, don't leave at once.
C.Englishmen expect their guests to be on time.
D.it's time to leave.
E.Could you give me some advice
F.You must be very excited about that.
42. A.You are supposed to go right away.
B.After the meal, don't leave at once.
C.Englishmen expect their guests to be on time.
D.it's time to leave.
E.Could you give me some advice
F.You must be very excited about that.
43. A.You are supposed to go right away.
B.After the meal, don't leave at once.
C.Englishmen expect their guests to be on time.
D.it's time to leave.
E.Could you give me some advice
F.You must be very excited about that.
44. A.You are supposed to go right away.
B.After the meal, don't leave at once.
C.Englishmen expect their guests to be on time.
D.it's time to leave.
E.Could you give me some advice
F.You must be very excited about that.
45. A.You are supposed to go right away.
B.After the meal, don't leave at once.
C.Englishmen expect their guests to be on time.
D.it's time to leave.
E.Could you give me some advice
F.You must be very excited about that.
四、阅读理解-阅读回答问题（共1小题；共10分）
May 31, 2017
Jaden is a six-year-old boy. He experienced the unlucky things of life twice. First he lost his dad when he was four and his mom died unexpectedly in her sleep last month. Jaden's heart was broken. His parents' death hit him a lot.
But things always go towards a good side. A few weeks later, Jaden told his aunt that he was tired of seeing everyone sad all the time. He'd like to see more smiles around him. He hoped that the number of the smiles could reach 100.
Then he asked his aunt to buy him some little toys and take him to the center of the city. "I'm trying to make people smile," said Jaden. At first, he was not sure if the people passing by would like to receive his toys. In fact, he was always successful and got close to his dream step by step, because no one could refuse such a little boy's giving and expecting.
"I'm keeping a count of 100 smiles," said Jaden. When asked if he could make it, he answered, "I think I can."
Reported by Barbara
46. How old was Jaden when he lost his dad
_____
47. Did Jaden lose his parents
_____
48. How many smiles did Jaden hope to get
_____
49. What did Jaden do in the center of the city
_____
50. Do you think Jaden's way is good to deal with his problem Why or why not
_____
五、句子填空（共11小题；共40分）
51. We'll _____ (推迟) our school sports meeting because of the bad weather.
52. I think the _____ (学习技能) are more important than grades for each student.
53. The old house in my town was _____ (拆除) yesterday. What a pity!
54. Good health _____ (依赖) good food, exercise and getting good sleep.
55. At first, my mother _____ (不允许) me to go shopping, but later she changed her mind.
56. Some young people like _____ (冒险). They often go to climb dangerous mountains.
57. The man is 20 years old, but he can't _____ (照顾) himself.
58. You need to write down their names _____ (立即). Hurry up!
59. My friend will _____(参加......选拔) for the music club tomorrow.
60. We didn't know the name of the disease _____ (起初).
I have two friends in our class, Rick and Scott. Rick has a good lifestyle. He sleeps eight or nine _____61_____ (hour) a day. So he can get up early in the morning. He exercises every day before having breakfast. He runs three times every week and plays soccer _____62_____ (one) a week. He also has good eating habits. He _____63_____ (try) to eat all kinds of fruits. He thinks apples are the _____64_____ (delicious) of all fruits. He believes "Having _____65_____ apple every day keeps the _____66_____ (ill) away." He drinks milk every day and often eats vegetables. He likes hamburgers _____67_____ he doesn't eat too much. He looks after his health well. Good eating habits and doing exercises every day are good for him.
Scott is different _____68_____ Rick. He is kind of _____69_____ (health). He doesn't like doing exercise and sleeps too late. He likes eating junk food, too. He is fat now, and he _____70_____ (ask) to lose weight by his doctor.
61. _____
62. _____
63. _____
64. _____
65. _____
66. _____
67. _____
68. _____
69. _____
70. _____
六、句型运用（共5小题；共10分）
71. Lily had a stomachache. (改为一般疑问句)
_____ Lily _____ a stomachache
72. —Could you please open the window (改为否定句)
—Could you please _____ _____ the window
73. My brother lent his new bike to me. (同义句转换)
I _____ a new bike _____ my brother.
74. I don't believe he will come. (改为反意疑问句)
I don't believe he will come, _____ _____
75. I was waiting for the bus when I met my friend. (对画线部分提问)
_____ were you _____ when you met your friend
七、书面表达（共1小题；共15分）
76. 假如你的好朋友闫敏生病了，下面是她今天上午去医院看病时的诊疗记录。请你根据该诊疗记录写一篇 80 词左右的英语短文，介绍闫敏的病情和医生的处置方法。
诊疗记录 2020 年 2 月 2 日 姓名：闫敏 门诊科室：内科 简要病历（主诉、病史、体征）：肚子痛，发烧，持续两天 处置：不要吃快餐食品，多喝热水，服药（一天三次），做一些锻炼 初步诊断：感冒 医师签名：许桂华
_____
答案
第一部分
1 . D
【解析】
Why don't you... 意为“为什么不……呢？”，用于提建议，后跟动词原形。根据句中的动词原形 give 及句尾问号可知选 D。
2 . D
【解析】
句意：Cathy 看起来很激动，因为她要去参加 Jimmy 的生日聚会。tired 意为“疲劳的”；relaxed 意为“放松的”；bored 意为“烦闷的”；excited 意为“激动的”。由句意可知选 D。
3 . C
【解析】
句意：——你昨天没有来参加我的生日聚会，怎么回事？——抱歉，我太忙了，以至于我完全忘记了这件事。A 项意为“突然”；B 项意为“最近；近来”；C 项意为“完全地”。
4 . B
【解析】
考查被动语态。句意：随着中国的发展，世界上越来越多的人说汉语。根据句意可知，汉语是“被说”，故应用被动语态。
5 . B
【解析】
句意:——这个小男孩依靠一些好心人来获得食物。——他多可怜啊！A 项“照顾”；B 项“依靠；依赖”；C 项“捐赠”；D 项“照料”。由句意可知选 B。
6 . C
【解析】
此题考查的是定语从句关系词辨析。句意：在困难的时候，总会有民族英雄挺身而出，给人们带来希望。who 关系代词，所指代的先行词是人，作主语或宾语；whom 关系代词，所指代的先行词是人，作宾语；which 关系代词，所指代的先行词是事物，作主语或宾语；先行词heroes是人，关系词作主语，选C。
因此，正确答案是C。
7 . B
【解析】
句意：
——我能借用一下你的自行车吗？
——抱歉,我昨天把它借给 Jim 了。
borrow 意为“借用”，指跟别人借东西；lend 意为“借出；借给”，指把自己的东西借给别人。
8 . D
【解析】
句意:火星 1 号基地营地在甘肃金昌被建成，让年轻人自己体验。根据 young people 可知答案选 D。
9 . B
【解析】
句意：——你是我的儿子。不论你做什么，我都会支持你。——谢谢爸爸。给我加油吧！however“不管怎样”；whatever“任何；无论什么”；whoever“任何人”；wherever“无论何地”。根据句意可知选 B。
10 . B
【解析】
【句意】——昨晚我打电话给你，但没人接。那时候你在哪儿？
——哦，我在院子里遛狗。
考查过去进行时。根据句意可知，此处指过去的某个时间正在发生的动作，应该用过去进行时。故选 B。
11 . C
【解析】
句意：——昨天特德默默地回到了家，因为他的新平板电脑丢了。——他真不走运啊！in silence 意为“沉默；无声”，是固定搭配。
12 . B
【解析】
句意：这位老年人独自一人住在山里，但他一点也不感到孤独。alone 指独自一人；lonely 指情感上孤独、寂寞。
13 . A
【解析】
考查从属连词的用法。句意：如果你想更多地了解 2020 年世界中学生运动会，你可以在网上搜索。if“如果”；although“尽管”；until“直到......为止”。由句意可知此处用 if 引导条件状语从句。故选 A。
14 . C
【解析】
句意：——杨明，你能教我汉语吗？——我很乐意。Not at all 不客气；It is a big deal 这是件大事；With pleasure 乐意效劳；That's all right 没关系。问句是提出的一个请求，表示答应对方的请求通常用 With pleasure。
15 . D
【解析】
used to do sth. 意为“过去经常做某事”；be used to doing sth. 意为“习惯做某事”。由句意可知 Jack 过去经常开车去上班，但现在为了减肥他习惯走路去上班。
第二部分
16 . B
【解析】
分析语境可知，此空是指代前面的“your phone”。
17 . A
【解析】
由常识可知我们会低着头看手机；联系上文中的“put your phone away while you are walking（走路的时候把手机收起来）”可知，我们收起手机是为了抬着头走路。
18 . C
【解析】
联系上文“put your phone away while you are walking （走路的时候把手机收起来）”可知，看手机的时候应该“停下来（stop）”。
19 . D
【解析】
句意：当你在外面的时候，不要戴耳机。though“虽然,尽管”；unless “除非”；until “直到”；while“当……时”。
20 . C
【解析】
联系下文“use only one earphone or play it at a very low volume(只用一只耳机或把音量放得很低)”可知，这里指“听东西”。
21 . D
【解析】
根据下文的“family members(家庭成员)”可排除 A、B、C 三个选项。
22 . A
【解析】
根据前文的“never go anywhere with a stranger”可知，此处指“小心陌生人很重要”。
23 . B
【解析】
find“找到”；avoid“避开”；visit“参观”；clean“打扫”。联系上文及常识可知，为了安全，我们要“避开”黑暗偏僻的地方。
24 . C
【解析】
联系上文可知，作者指出不要单独出去，故此处指“go with someone”，表示“和你认识的人一起去”。
25 . A
【解析】
联系上文及常识可知，遇到危险时要跑得越快越好，到警察局、医院或附近的商店寻求“帮助”。
第三部分
26 . A
【解析】
推理判断题。根据文章第一段可知这个小男孩 10 岁了，他穿着一件旧的大衬衫，故 B、C 项错误；D 项未提及；根据小男孩说的话可知他很有礼貌。
27 . C
【解析】
推理判断题。根据文章第二段中的“I thought the boy would not return my shoes”可推断，作者给出的是肯定回答。
28 . D
【解析】
细节理解题。根据文章第二段中的“More and more people rushed in and I could not find the boy.”可知，因为有太多的人进来，所以作者找不到这个小男孩。
29 . D
【解析】
词义猜测题。句意：他跳起来，擦了一会儿眼睛才认出我来。根据句意可知 D 项符合文意。
30 . A
【解析】
推理判断题。通读文章可知作者被这个小男孩深深打动了。
31 . C
【解析】
根据文章第二段第一句“Charities are organizations that help others, for example, UNICEF or WWF.”可知选 C。
32 . B
【解析】
根据“Fund-raising”中的“doing a sponsored walk”可知选 B。
33 . D
【解析】
an animal shelter 指的是动物避难所,即收留无家可归的动物的地方。
34 . A
【解析】
根据第二段中的“You can help charities by giving your time, giving money or giving things that you own. You can also help people or places you know.”可知本文主要告诉大家怎样帮助他人。
35 . A
【解析】
文章主要介绍了帮助他人的方法。不可能出现在故事书里，排除 B；不可能出现在旅游指南里，排除 C；不可能出现在科幻小说里，排除 D；只能出现在杂志里。
36 . C
【解析】
短文主要讲自我调节的几种方式，根据短文内容可猜测应该是来自杂志。
37 . C
【解析】
根据文中句子“Do something nice for someone. Helping others always makes you feel good.”可知，帮助别人可以使自己快乐。
38 . A
【解析】
句意：新的挑战是有趣的，而且当你完成时会给你一种成就感。A 项符合文意。
39 . B
【解析】
根据文中句子“Stay with your family. We all need our family time. Talk with your mum or dad or maybe even your cousin.”可知，当我们不开心时，不要独处，要和家人在一起。
40 . B
【解析】
根据短文开头的句子“When you are feeling unhappy or forget how great you are, these are six ways to make you feel good about yourself.”可知，短文主要讲的就是让人自我感觉良好的六种方式。
41 . F
【解析】
根据上句“Really ”和下文“Yeah. But I'm a bit nervous.”并结合备选项可知，此处是与询问感受有关的信息，F 项“你对此一定很兴奋吧”符合语境。
42 . E
【解析】
根据上句“I don't know many of the customs and manners in the UK.”和下文“Sure.”并结合备选项可知，此处是与寻求建议有关的信息，故 E 项“你能给我一些建议吗 ”符合语境。
43 . C
【解析】
根据上文“it's impolite to arrive late”并结合备选项可知，此处是与英国人的时间观念有关的信息，C 项“英国人希望他们的客人守时”符合语境。
44 . B
【解析】
根据问句“Then how long may I stay there ”并结合备选项可知，此处是与“待多久”有关的信息；再根据空格处后一句“Or you may seem to have come only for dinner.”可知，B 项“饭后不要马上离开”符合语境。
45 . D
【解析】
根据上文“When your friends seem to be getting tired and running out of things”及语境并结合备选项可知，此处是与“应该什么时候走”有关的信息。
第四部分
46 . Four./ 4.
【解析】
根据文中第一段中的“First he lost his dad when he was four”可知爸爸去世时他四岁。
47 . Yes, he did.
【解析】
根据文中第一段中的句子“His parents' death hit him a lot.”可知他失去了双亲。
48 . 100./ One hundred.
【解析】
根据文中第二段中的句子“He hoped that the number of the smiles could reach 100.”，可知他想得到 100 个微笑。
49 . He gave the toys to the people passing by and got smiles from them./ He gave the toys to the people passing by to make them happy.
【解析】
根据短文第三段的内容可知他送玩具给路过的人，让他们露出微笑。
50 . Yes, I think so. Because smiles from others could cheer him up./ No, I don't think so. Because I think the only way to cheer us up is changing ourselves.
第五部分
51 . put off
52 . study skills/ learning skills
53 . taken down
54 . depends on
55 . didn't allow
56 . to take a risk/ to take risks/ taking risks/ taking a risk
57 . take care of/ look after
58 . right away/ at once/ right now
59 . try out
60 . at first
61 . hours
【解析】
由空前的 eight or nine 可知，需要用名词复数形式。
62 . once
【解析】
根据空格前后可知，这里构成固定短语 once a week，意为“一周一次”。
63 . tries
【解析】
联系上下文可知，这里需用一般现在时态，该句主语 He 是第三人称单数，故谓语动词 try 也要用第三人称单数形式 tries。
64 . most delicious
【解析】
根据空前的冠词 the 和空格后的 of all fruits 可知，需要用最高级形式。
65 . an
【解析】
空格后的 apple 是可数名词单数，且此处表泛指，故需填不定冠词；又因 apple 是以元音音素开头的单词。
66 . illness
【解析】
由空前的 the 可知，本空应为 ill 的名词形式 illness。
67 . but
【解析】
前一分句“他喜欢汉堡”与后一分句“他不会吃很多”是转折关系，应用 but 连接。
68 . from
【解析】
be different from 意为“和……不同”，是固定搭配。
69 . unhealthy
【解析】
联系下文“He doesn't like doing exercise and sleeps too late. He likes eating junk food, too.”可知，他的生活习惯是不健康的，又由空前的 is kind of 可知需要用形容词作表语。
70 . is asked
【解析】
联系该段前面说到了斯科特的生活习惯不健康可知，此处表示“他被医生告知要减肥”；由空后的 by 可知需要用被动语态，由前面的 is fat 可知应用一般现在时态。
第六部分
71 . Did, have
72 . not, open
73 . borrowed, from
74 . will, he
75 . What, doing
第七部分
76 . My friend Yan Min was not feeling very well this morning, so she went to the hospital. She had a stomachache and a fever. She has been like this for two days. Doctor Xu checked her carefully and said she caught a cold.
Then, the doctor gave her some advice. First, stop eating fast food and drink more hot water every day. Second, take some medicine three times a day. Finally, she also needs to get some exercise, such as running.
I hope she will get well soon.
第1页（共1 页）人教版八下英语 Unit 2 I_ll help to clean up the city parks. 单元检测
一、单项选择（共15小题；共30分）
1. Lucy feels very upset now. Why not _____
A.cheer up her B.cheer her up
C.to cheer her up D.to cheer up her
2. I'll _____ some of my clothes because they are too small for me.
A.give away B.come up with C.set up D.call up
3. —My iPad is _____. I want to buy a new one, Mum.
—OK. Let's go and buy one.
A.nice B.strong C.broken D.deaf
4. The organizer had the young people _____ the leaflets (传单), but he didn't do anything.
A.put out B.hand out C.try out D.go out
5. A number of volunteers will _____ for the 2022 Beijing Winter Olympic Games.
A.be needed B.are needed C.are needing D.be needing
6. —What did the shopkeeper say to you
—She asked me _____.
A.when does the shop close
B.where did I see the style
C.if I preferred that orange dress
D.what else I will buy
7. —I have great _____ in finding my way to the station. Could you please help me
—Certainly.
A.fun B.time C.difficulty
8. Because of COVID-19 in February, the government advised us _____ to the public places less.
A.going B.go C.to go D.gone
9. The man looks unhappy, because he lives _____, and he feels very _____.
A.alone; lonely B.lonely; alone
C.lonely; lonely D.alone; alone
10. —What's the matter with your friend
—He can't hear anything; he's _____.
A.deaf B.lame C.blind D.blind man
11. Andrew is _____ his father in many ways, especially in height.
A.similar to B.the same like C.similar with
12. Don't _____ today's work for tomorrow. Today's work must be done today.
A.put off B.put out C.put up D.put on
13. Frank used ____ in London for a year, but he wasn't used _____ there. He came back to China two months ago.
A.to work; to live B.to work; to living
C.to working; to live
14. The Internet makes _____ possible for everyone to get education anywhere and anytime.
A.it B.this C.that D.them
15. —Do you always get up so early
—Yes, _____ the first bus. My home is far away from school.
A.catch B.to catch C.catching D.caught
二、完形填空（共1小题；共20分）
Molly is a very kind girl. She is _____16_____ ready to help others. Now Molly is studying in a university. _____17_____, in her free time she is doing volunteer (志愿者) work at the Heart House. The program gives _____18_____ to those children who are not doing well at school.
Molly goes to teach the children twice a week. She has also _____19_____ a website for the Heart House. In this way, more people will have chances to _____20_____ the Heart House.
For Molly, volunteer work is good for both others and _____21_____. "I like teaching those kids. The _____22_____ thing is that I can also learn a lot from them," says Molly.
Now, thanks to Molly's website, every week, about 50 volunteers _____23_____ about four hours helping at the Heart House. "_____24_____ Molly's website, the Heart House wouldn't have enough volunteers," the program leader (领导) says.
Molly says that she won't _____25_____ volunteering after leaving school. She hopes to go on teaching children who need help.
16. A.never B.almost C.always
17. A.By the way B.On the other hand
C.At the same time
18. A.pencils B.classes C.storybooks
19. A.visited B.searched C.built
20. A.care for B.learn about C.look after
21. A.yourself B.myself C.herself
22. A.happier B.weaker C.worse
23. A.use B.take C.spend
24. A.For B.On C.Without
25. A.talk about B.give up C.cheer up
三、阅读理解-阅读选择（共3小题；共30分）
The Volunteers for the Ice and Snow Festival
Name Item Jack Du Yue Mike Zhang Na
Age 25 28 31
Nationality American Chinese English
Job Coach Nurse Singer Tour guide
Personality Friendly Quiet Humorous Outgoing
Volunteering experience(s) Helping during the City Art Festival in 2016 Volunteering at an animal hospital in 2013 and 2015 Teaching children music at school in the countryside Working at an animal care centre twice
Word Box: item 项目；personality 性格
26. Jack helped during the City Art Festival _____.
A.in 2013 B.in 2015 C.in 2016
27. Mike is _____ Zhang Na.
A.three years older than B.as old as
C.three years younger than
28. Du Yue and Zhang Na _____.
A.have similar volunteering experiences
B.come from different countries
C.have the same personality
29. If someone is hurt during the Ice and Snow Festival, _____ may be the most suitable to help.
A.Jack B.Du Yue C.Mike
30. Which of the following is TRUE according to the form (表格) above
A.Mike who taught children music is humorous.
B.The two girls volunteer at the Olympics.
C.Jack from England is a tour guide.
Years ago, when I lived in England, part of my college volunteer job was to help children. I was chosen to work in a school with disabled children. The teacher asked me to take care of Nancy, a 10-year-old girl. One of her hands could not move. At her school, the teachers would think it was an achievement if she was able to put on her own coat. But I saw more in her. She had always wanted to put a string (细绳) through the hole of a key.
For five years, Nancy was in the school. The teachers always tried to help her, but always ended up doing all the work for her. I knew Nancy could do more, so I encouraged her to do something by herself. At first Nancy could never do it and got very upset. Sometimes I wanted to give up, too. However, after a week Nancy was able to do what she had wanted to do alone for so many years—she successfully put the string through the key hole. We all cried with joy when we saw what she was able to do with just a little encouragement.
With just some encouragement, disabled people can do something. I hope everyone will encourage people to do all that they want by themselves instead of telling them they can't do it.
31. Where did the story happen
A.In a school in the UK. B.In a school in the US.
C.In a college in the UK. D.In a college in the US.
32. What can we know about Nancy
A.She couldn't talk to anyone.
B.Her legs couldn't move.
C.She was under 10 years old.
D.She couldn't put on her coat at first.
33. How long did the writer spend teaching Nancy to put a string through the key hole
A.One week. B.Five years. C.Five months. D.Two weeks.
34. How did the writer feel at the end of the story
A.Nervous. B.Excited. C.Worried. D.Upset.
35. What is the best title of the passage
A.Be kind to the disabled people
B.Never give up when helping others
C.Helping others brings me happiness
D.A little encouragement will make a big difference
Dogs are like humans; they can feel the cold when the temperature starts to drop. _____36_____
When is it too cold for a dog to go outside _____37_____ And when it goes below 0℃, they can actually start to get hurt from the cold. _____38_____ The wetter and darker it is outside, the colder they are going to feel.
How long should dogs be outside when it is cold Dogs can go outside for 15 to 20 minutes at below-freezing temperatures. _____39_____ If dogs are outside for too long, they would have trouble regulating (调节) their body temperatures.
How can you protect your dog from the cold If your dog is easy to feel the cold, getting it a coat can be helpful. Make sure that the coat is warm but still allows your dog to walk easily. If it's waterproof (防水的), the coat can keep its fur from getting wet. _____40_____
36. A.You should keep a close eye (密切注视) on your pets while you're outside.
B.Getting shoes for your pets can also protect their feet.
C.Besides, you have to consider weather conditions.
D.Here are some tips for keeping your pets safe in the cold.
E.If the temperature begins to drop, it will be necessary to keep your dog inside at once.
F.When the temperature hits below 7.2℃, most dogs start to feel the cold.
37. A.You should keep a close eye (密切注视) on your pets while you're outside.
B.Getting shoes for your pets can also protect their feet.
C.Besides, you have to consider weather conditions.
D.Here are some tips for keeping your pets safe in the cold.
E.If the temperature begins to drop, it will be necessary to keep your dog inside at once.
F.When the temperature hits below 7.2℃, most dogs start to feel the cold.
38. A.You should keep a close eye (密切注视) on your pets while you're outside.
B.Getting shoes for your pets can also protect their feet.
C.Besides, you have to consider weather conditions.
D.Here are some tips for keeping your pets safe in the cold.
E.If the temperature begins to drop, it will be necessary to keep your dog inside at once.
F.When the temperature hits below 7.2℃, most dogs start to feel the cold.
39. A.You should keep a close eye (密切注视) on your pets while you're outside.
B.Getting shoes for your pets can also protect their feet.
C.Besides, you have to consider weather conditions.
D.Here are some tips for keeping your pets safe in the cold.
E.If the temperature begins to drop, it will be necessary to keep your dog inside at once.
F.When the temperature hits below 7.2℃, most dogs start to feel the cold.
40. A.You should keep a close eye (密切注视) on your pets while you're outside.
B.Getting shoes for your pets can also protect their feet.
C.Besides, you have to consider weather conditions.
D.Here are some tips for keeping your pets safe in the cold.
E.If the temperature begins to drop, it will be necessary to keep your dog inside at once.
F.When the temperature hits below 7.2℃, most dogs start to feel the cold.
四、句子填空（共11小题；共40分）
41. I was _____ (excite) about the idea of getting a dog.
42. Thanks to your _____ (kind), we could set up a school.
43. I heard from a friend of _____ (I) last week.
44. Everybody should try to help the _____ (disable).
45. I hope _____ (be) a volunteer in an after-school reading program.
46. Peter wants to sell old books to _____ (筹集) money to help a poor child.
47. I can get enough money to help the poor children because of your _____ (善良).
48. The success brought him great _____ (满足).
49. Han Jie is the _____ (主人) of the house. He bought it in 2017.
School was over. Usually David's mother would take him home from school but today she was not here. David decided to go home alone _____50_____ foot, and it took him about half _____51_____ hour.
When he got home, he couldn't get in _____52_____ he did not bring his keys. He knocked on the door, but no one answered. David thought his mother _____53_____ (be) in the washroom, so he waited patiently for her. After a few _____54_____ (minute), David knocked again, but still no one answered. "Is there anything wrong with my mother " he thought to _____55_____ (he) and got worried. Just at that moment, he heard the _____56_____ (friend) voice of his neighbor, John. David told him that no one was in, and John asked him _____57_____ (stay) in his house. Two hours later, when David's mother got back, he _____58_____ (play) games with John. _____59_____ happy he was to see his mother!
50. _____
51. _____
52. _____
53. _____
54. _____
55. _____
56. _____
57. _____
58. _____
59. _____
60. The boy tried his best to make himself _____ (理解).
五、补全对话（共1小题；共10分）
A: Hi, Mike. Long time no see. What are you doing these days
B: I am busy preparing for the marathon (马拉松) in our city. _____61_____
A: Wow! Volunteer You are so great! When will it be held
B: It will be held next month.
A: _____62_____
B: A lot of things. I will pick up the rubbish, offer water to the runners and take photos for them.
A: That sounds cool. I want to be a volunteer, too. _____63_____
B: You should fill in the form on the Internet by Friday first. Then you will get a call.
A: Is there anything else I need to do
B: Yes. _____64_____ I'm sure you can make it. I'm looking forward to working with you.
A: _____65_____ Thank you very much.
B: You are welcome.
I hope so. What will you do in the marathon It's a good idea to run in the marathon. I will work as a volunteer. What should I do You will also have an interview. What do you do
61. _____
62. _____
63. _____
64. _____
65. _____
六、完成句子（共5小题；共10分）
66. 她在学习数学方面有困难。因此她向我们寻求帮助。
She _____ in learning math. So she asked us for help.
67. 你能帮我修理这辆坏了的汽车吗？
Could you help me _____ the broken car
68. 这个女孩和她的爸爸像。
The girl _____ her father.
69. 他们同时到达了山顶。
They got to the top of the mountain _____.
70. 请告诉我如何解答这道数学题。
Please tell me _____ the math problem.
七、书面表达（共1小题；共15分）
71. 下周一些英国学生将来你校交流学习，他们想了解你校各个俱乐部的情况。假定你是林涛，是学校绿色星球俱乐部的负责人，请你根据你们俱乐部的海报内容，用英语写一篇发言稿来作介绍。
注意：
1. 词数 90 左右。开头和结尾已为你写好，不计入总词数；
2. 文中须包括所有要点，每个要点可适当发挥，使文章连贯、通顺；
3. 文中不得提及真实的人名、校名等相关信息。
参考词汇：workshop n. 工作坊
Welcome to our school. I'm Lin Tao. I'm glad to introduce our Green Planet Club to you.
_____
Let's work together for a green planet. Thank you!
答案
第一部分
1 . B
【解析】
句意：Lucy 现在感觉很沮丧。为什么不让她变得高兴起来呢？cheer up“使振作起来；使高兴起来”，若跟代词作宾语，则代词放在该词组的中间。Why not 后跟动词原形。
2 . A
【解析】
句意：我要捐赠一些我的衣服，因为它们对我来说太小了。give away“捐赠”；come up with“想出；提出”；set up“建立；设立”；call up“征召”。由句意可知选 A。
3 . C
【解析】
nice“美好的”；strong“强烈的”；broken“破损的；残缺的”；deaf “聋的”。根据后面的“I want to buy a new one, Mum.”可知 iPad 坏了。
4 . B
【解析】
句意：这个组织者让年轻人分发传单，但他却什么都没做。put out“熄灭”；hand out“分发”；try out“试用”；go out“外出”。由后面的 the leaflets 可知答案选 B。
5 . A
【解析】
句意：2022 年北京冬奥会将需要许多的志愿者。由句意可知是许多的志愿者将会被需要；根据句中的 2022 可知，事情发生在将来，故用一般将来时的被动语态。
6 . C
【解析】
句意：——店主对你说什么了？——她问我我是否更喜欢那件橘黄色的裙子。宾语从句中，从句需用陈述句语序，据此排除 A、B 两项；主句时态为一般过去时，从句也应为过去的某种时态。
7 . C
【解析】
have difficulty (in) doing sth. 意为“做某事有困难”，是固定搭配。
8 . C
【解析】
句意：在二月份，因为 2019 冠状病毒病，政府建议我们少去公共场所。advise sb. to do sth. 是固定用法，意为“建议某人做某事”，动词不定式作宾语补足语。
9 . A
【解析】
alone 指独自，一个人；lonely 指情感上孤独、寂寞。
10 . A
【解析】
deaf 聋的；lame 瘸的，跛的；blind 瞎的，失明的。根据“He can't hear anything”可知选 A。
11 . A
【解析】
句意：安德鲁在很多方面和他的爸爸很像，尤其是身高。be similar to 意为“和……相似/ 相像”。
12 . A
【解析】
句意：不要把今天的工作推迟到明天。今天的工作必须今天完成。put off 意为“推迟，拖延”；put out 意为“扑灭”；put up 意为“举起，张贴”；put on 意为“穿上”。根据句意可知选 A。
13 . B
【解析】
句意：Frank 过去在伦敦工作了一年，但他不习惯住在那儿。他两个月前回中国了。used to do sth. 表示“过去常常做某事”；be used to doing sth. 表示“习惯做某事”，故选 B。
14 . A
【解析】
考查形式宾语。句意：互联网让每个人都可以在任何地方接受教育成为可能。make it possible，使…成为可能，这里是固定搭配 it 在这里做形式宾语。that、them、this 引导从句时从句里会有主语。结合选项 A 符合题意。故选 A。
15 . B
第二部分
16 . C
【解析】
根据“Molly is a very kind girl. She is…ready to help others.”可知，Molly 很善良，所以她总是愿意帮助别人。
17 . C
【解析】
根据语境可知，Molly 现在正在读大学，同时利用空闲时间去做志愿者工作。
18 . B
【解析】
根据后文“Molly goes to teach the children twice a week.”可知，Molly 一周教学生两次，所以推断上一句指教课。
19 . C
【解析】
根据后文“In this way, more people will have chances to...the Heart House.”可以推断出，以前是没有这个网站的，是 Molly 建立了这个网站。
20 . B
【解析】
通过这种方法，更多的人有机会了解到“心语小屋”。
21 . C
【解析】
Molly 是一个善良的女孩，对她来说，志愿者工作对于别人和她自己都是有好处的。
22 . A
【解析】
Molly 很喜欢教孩子，能从他们身上学到很多是更开心的事情。
23 . C
【解析】
多亏了 Molly 的网站，每周大约 50 个志愿者花费大约四个小时的时间在“心语小屋”帮忙。spend+时间（+in）+doing sth. 花费多长时间做某事。
24 . C
【解析】
要是没有 Molly 的网站，“心语小屋”就不会有足够的志愿者。
25 . B
【解析】
Molly 说她离开学校后也不会放弃志愿者工作的，她希望继续教那些需要帮助的孩子们。
第三部分
26 . C
【解析】
根据表格中的 Volunteering experience(s) 中杰克的介绍可知应选 C。
27 . A
【解析】
根据表格内容可知迈克是 31 岁，张娜是 28 岁，迈克比张娜大三岁。
28 . A
【解析】
通过比较表格中杜悦和张娜两个人的信息可知，她们都照看过动物，因此，有着类似的志愿者经历。
29 . B
【解析】
根据表格信息可知，杜悦是一名护士，所以可以为冰雪节中的病人服务。
30 . A
【解析】
根据表格中迈克的信息介绍可知迈克是名歌手，教过孩子们音乐，性格幽默，故 A 项说法与短文内容相符。
31 . A
【解析】
根据短文第一段中的内容“Years ago, when I lived in England, …I was chosen to work in a school with disabled children.”可知答案选 A。
32 . D
【解析】
根据短文第一段中的内容“The teacher asked me to take care of Nancy, a 10-year-old girl. One of her hands could not move. At her school, the teachers would think it was an achievement if she was able to put on her own coat.”可知 D 项符合题意，其余三项与短文内容不符。
33 . A
【解析】
根据短文第二段中的“However, after a week Nancy was able to do what she had wanted to do alone for so many years—she successfully put the string through the key hole.”可知用了一周的时间。
34 . B
【解析】
根据短文第二段中的“We all cried with joy when we saw what she was able to do with just a little encouragement.”可知作者应该是很激动的。
35 . D
【解析】
根据文中句子“We all cried with joy when we saw what she was able to do with just a little encouragement.”及最后一段内容可知,“小小的鼓励会产生很大的影响”符合题意。
36 . D
【解析】
根据后面的内容及结合所给选项可知，此处说的是关于使狗在寒冷中保持安全的小提示，故答案选 D。
37 . F
【解析】
根据后面的句子“And when it goes below 0℃, they can actually start to get hurt from the cold.”可知此处是说温度低于 7.2℃ 的时候，狗的情况是怎样的，故答案选 F。
38 . C
【解析】
根据后一句“The wetter and darker it is outside, the colder they are going to feel. 外面越黑越潮湿，它们就会越感觉冷。”可知此处提到也要注意天气状况，故答案选 C。
39 . A
【解析】
联系前后句可知此处表示当你在外面时要密切注视你的宠物，当天冷时它们不能待在外面太长时间，故选 A。
40 . B
【解析】
根据前面内容可知给狗穿衣服可以防寒，由此推测此处是继续谈论保护狗的情况，结合所给选项可知选 B，即给宠物穿鞋子也可以保护它们的脚。
第四部分
41 . excited
42 . kindness
43 . mine
44 . disabled
45 . to be
46 . raise
47 . kindness
48 . satisfaction
49 . owner
50 . on
【解析】
on foot 意为“步行”，是固定搭配。
51 . an
【解析】
half an hour 意为“半小时”，是固定搭配。
52 . because/ as/ since
【解析】
由语境可知他不能进去是因为他没带钥匙。
53 . was
【解析】
文章描述的是发生在过去的事，主语为第三人称单数。
54 . minutes
【解析】
根据前面的 a few 可知此处用复数名词。
55 . himself
【解析】
think to oneself 意为“盘算；心里想”，主语是 he。
56 . friendly
【解析】
根据后面的名词 voice 可知此处用形容词。
57 . to stay
【解析】
ask sb. to do sth. 意为“要求某人做某事”，动词不定式作宾语补足语。
58 . was playing
【解析】
由语境可知他当时正在玩游戏，应用过去进行时态。
59 . How
【解析】
根据感叹句的中心词是形容词 happy 可知感叹词用 how，句首单词首字母应大写。
60 . understood
第五部分
61 . I will work as a volunteer.
【解析】
根据答语“Wow! Volunteer ”可知，这里是说“我将成为一名志愿者”。
62 . What will you do in the marathon
【解析】
根据答语“A lot of things. I will pick up the rubbish…”可知，问句是询问“你在马拉松比赛中做什么？”。
63 . What should I do
【解析】
根据答语“You should fill in the form on the Internet by Friday first. Then you will get a call.”可知，问句应是询问“我应该做什么？”。
64 . You will also have an interview.
【解析】
根据上文的“you will get a call”和后句“I'm sure you can make it. I'm looking forward to working with you.”可知，此处意为“你也会有一个面试”。
65 . I hope so.
【解析】
根据情景可知，该处需要回应对方对自己的肯定，表达自己的愿望。
第六部分
66 . had difficulty
67 . fix up
68 . takes after
69 . at the same time
70 . how to work out
第七部分
71 . Welcome to our school. I'm Lin Tao. I'm glad to introduce our Green Planet Club to you.
All our club members meet every Friday afternoon to do something meaningful.
We have DIY workshops. Here, old clothes can be made into handbags. It's also fun to use recycled bottles and used wood to make furniture like chairs and desks.
Working as volunteers is our task as well. We hand out leaflets and tell people the importance of living a green life. Sometimes, we teach people how to separate waste in communities and help clean up parks and streets. Besides, we look after flowers and trees in our school.
Let's work together for a green planet. Thank you!
第1页（共1 页）人教版八下英语 Unit 6 An old man tried to move ... A基础
一、单项选择（共10小题；共20分）
1. —The little boy named Karl is so _____ that he can't climb the tree.
— I think he needs to go to see a doctor.
A.strong B.weak C.healthy D.high
2. My aunt _____ to an excellent player on March 18, 2020. They are very happy now.
A.married B.is married C.got married D.married with
3. In our country, you should shake hands with others when you meet them _____ the first time.
A.of B.for C.in D.on
4. Father is too tired today. Don't call him _____ it is necessary.
A.if B.unless C.when D.whether
5. —Why do you like the old photo, Lisa
—Because it _____ me of my best friend.
A.reminds B.thinks C.leads D.remembers
6. The Monkey King can _____ a person if he _____ his tail.
A.turn to; hides B.turn into; hides
C.turn into; hide D.change into; hid
7. —There's _____ of time left. Hurry up, or you'll miss the wonderful movie.
—Yes, I'm coming!
A.a few B.a little C.much D.a little bit
8. —I don't know when _____ tomorrow.
—I will call you as soon as he _____.
A.he will come; will arrive B.he will come; arrives
C.will he come; arrives
9. The movie Nezha is _____ educational _____ I want to see it again.
A.so; that B.such; that C.too; to
10. —Did your brother go to the movies this morning
—No, he stayed at home and did his homework _____ going to the movies.
A.because of B.instead of C.instead
二、阅读理解-阅读回答问题（共1小题；共6分）
The Monkey King or Sun Wukong is the main character from the famous Chinese story Journey to the West. He has excited the children of China for many years. He is wonderful because he helps weak people. The Monkey King has a magic stick. He uses it to fight bad people. He can make the stick big or small. He can sometimes make the stick so small that he can put it in his ear. When he sees bad people, he thinks of ways to fight them. He can turn himself into different animals and objects. But unless he can hide his tail, he can't make himself a human. Children all over the world love the Monkey King.
11. 单词释义（请在文中找出与下面英文释义相符的单词）
known by a lot of people
_____
12. Do you want to have a magic stick like the Monkey King's
_____.
13. What do you think of the Monkey King
I think he is _____. (答出两种即可)
三、句子填空（共16小题；共50分）
14. Please _____ (提醒) me of the concert.
15. How _____ (愚蠢的) you are!
16. There are some _____ (猴子) in the zoo.
17. The old man is holding a small _____ (棍) in his hand.
18. The animal has a long _____ (尾巴) and short ears.
19. The shirt does not _____ (适合) me. It's too large for me.
20. The _____ (石头) is so heavy that I can't move it.
21. Chen Yanxi _____ (嫁给) Chen Xiao on July 19, 2016.
22. My brother _____ (born) in Nanjing in 2004.
23. The baby weighed seven pounds at _____ (出生).
24. The woman has been ill for a week. Now she looks very _____ (虚弱的).
25. He _____ (shoot) at the bird with a gun, but he failed to kill it.
26. He didn't want his brother to find his wallet. So he _____ (hide) it under the bed.
27. Which do you prefer, Chinese food or _____ (west) food
28. They got _____ (marry) many years ago.
A king had two sons and asked famous teachers to teach them. After a few _____29_____ (year), the king fell badly ill. So he wanted to choose one of his sons as the next king, but which one would be the right person He thought it over _____30_____ a whole night. At last, he decided _____31_____ (test) his sons.
One day, he gave a room to each of _____32_____ (they). "You must fill the room completely (完全地) with anything you wish. But there should _____33_____ (be) no space left and you can't ask for advice from anyone!"
The next day the king _____34_____ (visit) his elder son's room. The room was completely filled with grass. The king felt sorry about it. Then he went to _____35_____ other room, but it was closed. His _____36_____ (young) son asked him to get in and closed the door again. It was dark everywhere, so the king shouted at him _____37_____ (angry). But suddenly the second son lighted a candle and the room was full of light. The king felt very excited and hugged him proudly.
He realized: wisdom (智慧) is more important than simple answers _____38_____ are easy to get.
29. _____
30. _____
31. _____
32. _____
33. _____
34. _____
35. _____
36. _____
37. _____
38. _____
四、句型运用（共5小题；共10分）
39. 同义句转换，每空一词
How do you like the movie
_____ do you _____ _____ the movie
40. 同义句转换，每空一词
They got married three months ago.
They _____ _____ _____ for three months.
41. 同义句转换，每空一词
The teacher seemed angry.
_____ _____ _____ the teacher was angry.
42. 同义句转换，每空一词
The old man lived in the countryside for over five years.
The old man lived in the countryside for _____ _____ five years.
43. 同义句转换，每空一词
He is so young that he can't take care of himself.
He is _____ young _____ take care of himself.
五、完成句子（共5小题；共10分）
44. 他的新小说是 2016 年 9 月份发行的。
His new novel _____ _____ in September 2016.
45. 去年我第一次去了上海。
Last year I went to Shanghai _____ _____ _____ _____.
46. 这辆车有点旧,因此我不打算买它。
The car is _____ _____ _____ old, so I don't mean to buy it.
47. 去年我去了那个小镇并且爱上了它。
Last year I went to the small town and _____ _____ _____ with it.
48. 水沸腾时能变成水蒸气。
When water boils, it can _____ _____ steam.
答案
第一部分
1 . B
【解析】
句意：——这个名叫 Karl 的小男孩是如此虚弱以至于他不能爬这棵树。——我认为他需要去看医生。strong 意为“强壮的”；weak 意为“虚弱的”；healthy 意为“健康的”；high 意为“高的”。由句意可知选 B。
2 . C
【解析】
marry sb. 表示“嫁给某人；与某人结婚”，一般不与介词 with 连用；be/ get married to sb. 表示“与某人结婚”。
3 . B
【解析】
for the first time 是固定搭配，意为“第一次”。
4 . B
【解析】
句意：爸爸今天太累了。除非有必要，否则不要给他打电话。if“如果”，引导条件状语从句；unless“除非”，引导条件状语从句；when“当……的时候”，引导时间状语从句；whether“是否”。
5 . A
【解析】
句意：——莉萨，你为什么喜欢这张老照片？——因为它使我想起了我最好的朋友。remind sb. of sth. 意为“使某人想起某事”，是固定搭配。
6 . B
【解析】
句意：如果美猴王藏起尾巴，他可以变成一个人。turn into 意为“变成”；此处是描述客观事实，用一般现在时，根据句中的 he 可知第二空用 hides，故答案选 B。
7 . D
【解析】
a few 修饰可数名词复数；a little 和 much 修饰不可数名词；而 a bit/ a little bit 则要在后面加 of 才能修饰名词。
8 . B
【解析】
句意：——我不知道明天他将什么时间来。——他一到达我就给你打电话。宾语从句用陈述句语序。主句用一般将来时，as soon as 引导的时间状语从句用一般现在时表示将来。
9 . A
【解析】
so…that“如此……以至于……”so 后接形容词或副词；such…that“如此……以至于……”，such 后接名词（短语）；too…to“太……而不能……”，表示否定。educational 为形容词，所以应用 so 修饰。
10 . B
【解析】
句意：——今天上午你的哥哥去看电影了吗？——没有，他在家里做作业，而不是去看电影。because of 意为“由于”；instead of 意为“代替”，后面常跟名词或动名词；instead 意为“代替”，作副词用。
第二部分
11 . famous
【解析】
被许多人知道就是“变得出名”。再由“…is the main character from the famous Chinese story…”可知答案。
12 . Yes, I do/ Yes/ No, I don't/ No
【解析】
一般疑问句的肯定回答是 Yes，否定回答是 No；根据问句可知，回答句中的主语应用 I，所以助动词用 do。
13 . brave and clever/ smart/ kind/ helpful…
【解析】
题干意为：你认为美猴王怎么样？
第三部分
14 . remind
15 . silly/ stupid
16 . monkeys
17 . stick
18 . tail
19 . fit
20 . stone
21 . married
22 . was born
【解析】
be born 意为“出生”，固定用法。
23 . birth
24 . weak
25 . shot
【解析】
根据后面的 failed 可知此处也要用一般过去时。
26 . hid
【解析】
根据前一句的时态可知此句也是一般过去时。
27 . Western
【解析】
句意：你比较喜欢哪一个，中餐还是西餐？Western 意为“西方国家的”,首字母要大写。
28 . married
【解析】
be/ get married 表示“结婚”。
29 . years
【解析】
a few 意为“一些，几个”，后接可数名词复数形式。
30 . for
【解析】
空格处后的时间状语 a whole night 表示一段时间，应与介词 for 连用。
31 . to test
【解析】
decide 后接动词不定式作宾语。
32 . them
【解析】
介词 of 后接宾格代词，each of them 意为“他们中的每个人”。
33 . be
【解析】
情态动词 should 后接动词原形，there should be 意为“应该有”。
34 . visited
【解析】
时间状语 The next day 在此处表示以过去为起点的“第二天”，用于一般过去时。
35 . the
【解析】
根据短文内容可知，两个儿子一人一个房间，表示两者中的另一个应用 the other。
36 . younger
【解析】
根据上文中的“the king visited his elder son's room”可知，国王先走进了大儿子的房间。现在走进小儿子的房间，两者相比应用比较级。
37 . angrily
【解析】
根据语境可知，国王生气地对他大声叫嚷，应用副词修饰动词。
38 . that/ which
【解析】
分析句子结构可知，空格处引导定语从句，且 answers 表示事物，关系词在从句中作主语，故关系词应用 that 或 which。
第四部分
39 . What, think, of/ about
40 . have, been, married
41 . It, seemed, that
42 . more, than
43 . too, to
第五部分
44 . came, out
45 . for, the, first, time
46 . a, little, bit
47 . fell, in, love
48 . turn, into
第1页（共1 页）人教版八下英语 Unit 4 Why don_t you talk to ... B基础
一、单项选择（共10小题；共20分）
1. My _____ brother is two years _____ than me.
A.older; older B.older; elder C.elder; older
2. He picked up his book and _____ reading.
A.forgot B.hated C.continued D.imagined
3. She didn't do her homework. _____, she went to the movies.
A.Whenever B.Whatever C.Anyway D.Instead
4. Don't compare your son _____ other children. It's bad _____ him.
A.for; with B.with; for C.to; with D.for; to
5. —Honey, come and help me _____ the picture of balloons from the magazine.
—OK, Granny. I'm coming.
A.carry out B.work out C.cut out D.hand out
6. You'd better leave _____, or trouble will come to you.
A.lively B.friendly C.heavily D.quickly
7. —How is Kate getting on with Laura
—Very well. At the same time, they compete _____ each other _____ the higher grades.
A.with; for B.with; in C.about; for
8. —What are you going to do next
—We need to have a _____ chat about the task before the meeting.
A.quick B.quickly C.slow D.clear
9. —Do you know the traffic rules
—Sure, one of them is that we can't go across the street _____ the light is green.
A.when B.until C.after
10. —What do you think of the TV show _____ the evening of April 4th
—_____ my opinion, it was wonderful.
A.in; In B.at; On C.on; In D.on; For
二、句子填空（共15小题；共46分）
11. Please get up _____ (quick), or you'll be late for school.
12. She is a _____ (成员) of the golf club.
13. I want to know your _____ (意见) about the plan.
14. I think she must be _____ (疯狂的).
15. Don't _____ (推) the door.
16. Don't _____ (比较) me with others.
17. The radio says that the soldiers will _____ (继续) moving on.
18. This is a _____ (典型的) case and let me explain it to you.
19. Don't give me too much _____ (press). I'm stressed out.
20. So far about forty students have entered for the singing _____ (compete).
21. I had an _____ (usual) experience last night. I didn't believe it at all.
22. The club will take on two new _____ (member) next month.
23. I think you should follow. the _____ (develop) of your son closely.
activity, seem, worry, argue, quick, most
A lady has a problem with her daughter
My nine-year-old daughter, Maria, is in Grade Three. Every evening we get into homework battles (争执). Three afternoons a week, she has _____24_____ after school. When she gets home, homework is the last thing she feels like doing. The other two days, she gets home early and we _____25_____ about whether she should do her homework right after school. She _____26_____ to want me to help her all the time. I do want to help her, but I'm sure that she needs to be able to do it on her own. And in fact, _____27_____ of the time I have other things I need to do. It seems that children these days have much more homework than we did, and some of it is really beyond (超越) their abilities (能力). As you can see, I'm really _____28_____ about her homework and I really don't know what I should do.
24. _____
25. _____
26. _____
27. _____
28. _____
Cindy and Anna were best friends. They were always happy together, but one day they couldn't agree on w_____29_____ to do.
"Come on, let's play chess," Anna said.
"I don't want to play chess," Cindy replied. "We always do what you want to do, Anna. It's my turn to make a d_____30_____." Cindy was getting a little unhappy and went away, leaving Anna alone.
The next day at school, their teacher Mrs. Stone asked for their n_____31_____. Anna looked quite worried because she didn't find her notebook.
When it was time for lunch, Cindy finally t_____32_____ Mrs. Stone she had Anna's notebook in her schoolbag. "Thank you for being honest, Cindy," said Mrs. Stone.
Later, Mrs. Stone asked the two girls together and helped them realize that it was a good i_____33_____ to take turns to decide the activity. They became best friends again.
29. w_____
30. d_____
31. n_____
32. t_____
33. i_____
三、汉译英（共7小题；共14分）
34. 可能你是对的，我决定删除网上这篇文章。（cut out，article）
_____
35. 我妈妈总是拿我和莉萨作比较。（always, comparing）
_____
36. 他花太多时间玩电脑游戏。（spent, on）
_____
37. 依我看来，成为一名优秀的作家是不容易的。（opinion）
_____
38. 布莱克先生不允许我晚上和朋友出去闲逛。（allow, with）
_____
39. 请记住：不要在学校里和同学们竞争。（compete）
_____
40. 让我们做运动吧。（play）
_____
答案
第一部分
1 . C
【解析】
句意：我的兄长比我大两岁。第一空是形容词作定语，修饰 brother，用 elder“年纪较长的；年长的”；根据第二空后面的 than 可知用形容词的比较级，用 older。
2 . C
【解析】
句意：他把书捡起来继续阅读。A 项意为“忘记”；B 项意为“讨厌”；C 项意为“继续”；D 项意为“想象”。continue doing sth. 意为“继续做某事”。
3 . D
【解析】
句意：她没有做家庭作业，相反，她去看电影了。whenever“无论何时”；whatever“无论什么”；anyway“不管怎样”；instead“相反，反而”。根据句意可知此处选 D。
4 . B
【解析】
句意：不要拿你的儿子和别的孩子相比。那样对他不好。compare…with… 意为“把……与……相比”；be bad for 意为“对……有害/不好”。根据句意可知答案选 B。
5 . C
【解析】
考查动词短语。carry out 意为“执行”；work out 意为“解决”；cut out 意为“剪下；删去”；hand out 意为“分发”。此处表示“从杂志上剪下气球的照片”。
6 . D
【解析】
lively 意为“生机勃勃”；friendly 意为“友好的”；heavily 意为“猛烈的”；quickly 意为“快速地”。根据“否则麻烦会找上你”可知，此处指“你最好快点离开”，故答案选 D。
7 . A
【解析】
compete with sb. for sth. 意为“为某事和某人竞争”，是固定搭配。
8 . A
【解析】
句意：——你们接下来打算做什么？——在开会之前，我们需要快速讨论一下这项任务。根据句中的名词 chat 可知此处是形容词作定语，结合句意可知选 A。
9 . B
【解析】
考查时间状语从句连接词。句意：——你知道交通法规吗？——当然知道。其中一条是直到绿灯才能过马路。not…until…表示“直到……才……”，应该用 until。故选 B。
10 . C
【解析】
在具体某一天的上午、下午、晚上用介词 on；短语 in one's opinion 意为“依……看”，故答案选 C。
第二部分
11 . quickly
【解析】
句意：请快点起床，否则你上学将会迟到。quick 快的，形容词；quickly 迅速地，副词；修饰谓语get up，因此应用副词。
因此，正确答案是quickly。
12 . member
13 . opinion
14 . crazy
15 . push
pare
17 . continue
18 . typical
19 . pressure
【解析】
too much 后跟不可数名词。
petition
【解析】
句意：到目前为止已有约四十名学生报名参加唱歌比赛。此处的“比赛”要用名词形式。
21 . unusual
【解析】
由后面的“我根本不相信”可知是不寻常的经历，故用 unusual。
22 . members
【解析】
根据前面的 two 可知此处的名词要用复数形式。
23 . development
【解析】
句意：我认为你应该密切关注你儿子的成长情况。此处需用 develop 的名词形式 development。
24 . activities
【解析】
由语境可知玛丽亚每周有三次的课外活动，故此处要用复数形式。
25 . argue
【解析】
由语境可知她们因放学后是否马上就做家庭作业的问题而争吵。
26 . seems
【解析】
句意：她似乎想要我一直帮她。seem 意为“似乎”，主语是第三人称单数，故用 seems。
27 . most
【解析】
most of the time 意为“大部分时间”。
28 . worried
【解析】
be worried about 意为“担心”，是固定用法。
29 . what/ hat
【解析】
她们总是在一起过得很愉快，但是有一天她们关于做什么没达成一致意见。
30 . decision/ ecision
【解析】
根据“We always do what you want to do, Anna.”推知此处意为“该轮到我做决定了”。
31 . notebooks/ otebooks
【解析】
根据下句可推知 Stone 老师向她们要笔记本，由前面的 their 可确定名词为复数形式。
32 . told/ old
【解析】
Cindy 最后告诉 Stone 老师，她把 Anna 的笔记本放在自己的书包里了。
33 . idea/ dea
【解析】
句意：后来 Stone 老师把这两个女孩叫在一起帮她们意识到做活动时轮流做决定是一个好主意。由句意可知填 idea。
第三部分
34 . Perhaps you are right; I decide to cut out the article on the Internet./ Maybe you are right; I decide to cut out the article on the Internet.
35 . My mother is always comparing me with Lisa.
36 . He spent too much time on computer games.
37 . In my opinion, it is difficult to be an excellent writer.
38 . Mr. Black doesn't allow me to hang out with my friends at night.
39 . Please remember: don't compete with your classmates at school.
40 . Let's play sports.
第1页（共1 页）人教版八下英语 Unit 1 What_s the matter B基础
一、单项选择（共15小题；共30分）
1. My pocket money _____, so I wanted to find a part-time job to get more money.
A.got out B.went out C.ran out D.ran away
2. The children decide _____ their school yard this Friday afternoon.
A.clean B.to clean C.cleaning D.cleaned
3. Mr. Black, you are becoming healthier and healthier. Please keep on _____.
A.ran B.to run C.runs D.running
4. —Lily, could you please pass me the _____ I want to cut the apple.
—Sure. Here you are.
A.pen B.pencil C.book D.knife
5. Sam always eats _____ junk food, so he's getting heavier.
A.much too B.too much C.many too D.too many
6. The boy is used to _____ a shower after playing basketball.
A.take B.takes C.took D.taking
7. —Ella's arm was _____ in an accident on a farm.
—I'm sorry to hear that.
A.cut off B.turned off C.got off D.taken off
8. —Maybe I can't pass the English test this time, Mum.
—Don't worry. Believe in _____.
A.it B.us C.yourself D.yours
9. —Do you know the old man _____ wears glasses on TV
—Of course. He's Zhong Nanshan.
A.who B.whom C.which D./
10. My brother often _____ his spare time to help me with my spoken English.
A.puts up B.gives up C.opens up D.tidies up
11. Li Lei and his cousin made some zongzi by _____ during the Dragon Boat Festival.
A.them B.they C.themselves
12. —Mum, must I be a teacher like you when I grow up
一No, you needn't. You can make your own _____.
A.difference B.discussion C.discovery D.decision
13. Many students didn't realize the _____ of exercise until they faced the high school entrance P.E. examination (体育中考).
A.decision B.independence C.spirit D.importance
14. When will they _____ the forest It's hard to say.
A.get out B.get off C.get out of D.get on
15. —I don't care what people think.
—Well, you _____. Some opinions are worth weighing.
A.might B.should C.could D.would
二、句子填空（共14小题；共46分）
16. There's something wrong with my right _____ (膝盖).
17. She _____ (打) him on the head with a book and he cried.
18. There is a big _____ (岩石) on the way to the park.
19. The girl cried when she saw the _____ (血).
20. You need to learn to _____ (控制) your feelings.
21. My mother is outgoing. She likes talking in many _____ (情况).
22. The two _____ (nurse) are busy taking the students' temperature.
23. Don't put these _____ (knife) on the shelf, OK
24. The climber's _____ (die) made his mother sad and disappointed.
25. Rita _____ (mean) to help the people in Jiangxi.
26. My arms _____ (受伤) and I can't carry anything.
27. My mother went to the supermarket and bought three _____ (千克) of rice.
28. —I plan _____ (go) on an adventure with my friends tomorrow.
—You must be careful.
On June 21, 2020, eight children of Chongqing _____29_____ (fall) into the water and died. On July 15, 2020, two boys died from drowning (溺水身亡). It happened in Shijiazhuang, Hebei Province. Their _____30_____ make all the Chinese very sad.
On average, every hour of every day more than 40 people drown around the world. Drownings are one of the top 10 killers of _____31_____ (kid) and young adults.
In summer, swimming safety becomes a big _____32_____. As we know, swimming is a great way to _____33_____ fit and relax. However, not every place is suitable for us to swim. And I'd like to give you some _____34_____ (advice) to keep off the danger. The most important thing you have to know is that you are not supposed to swim in a deep river. Also you can't go swimming _____35_____ (you). You'd better go _____36_____ your friends or your family. And before you swim you should get ready for it instead of jumping into the water in a hurry. What's more, you also have to look after your friends while you are _____37_____. Of course you shouldn't swim for too long or you and your partner will feel _____38_____ (tiring). Besides, if your swimming skill isn't very good, You'd better not swim.
29. _____
30. _____
31. _____
32. _____
33. _____
34. _____
35. _____
36. _____
37. _____
38. _____
三、短文填空（共1小题；共10分）
A: Lisa, are you OK
B: I have a headache and I can't _____39_____ my neck. What should I do Should I take my temperature
A: No, it doesn't sound as if you have a _____40_____. What did you do on the weekend
B: I played computer games all weekend.
A: That's probably why. You need to take breaks away _____41_____ the computer.
B: Yeah, I think I sat in the _____42_____ way for too long without moving.
A: I think you should lie down and rest. If your head and neck still hurt tomorrow, then go to see a _____43_____.
B: OK. Thanks, Mandy.
39. _____
40. _____
41. _____
42. _____
43. _____
四、句型运用（共5小题；共10分）
44. 同义句转换，每空一词
I like the novel called The Old Man and the Sea.
I like the novel _____ The Old Man and the Sea.
45. 同义句转换，每空一词
The concert was put off because it rained heavily.
The concert was put off _____ _____ the heavy rain.
46. 同义句转换,每空一词。
He can finish the work by himself.
He can finish the work _____ _____ _____.
47. I'm too tired to walk.
I'm _____ tired _____ I cannot walk.
48. 同义句转换，每空一词
Mike got up early so that he could catch the early bus.
Mike got up early _____ _____ _____ catch the early bus.
五、完成句子（共7小题；共14分）
49. 我妈妈总是为我做决定。
My mother always _____ _____ for me.
50. 我不打算去冒险，因为我认为那样做很危险。
I don't plan to _____ _____ because I think it is very dangerous to do like that.
51. 吴先生是一位成功的商人，他管理着五家大公司。
Mr. Wu is a successful businessman, and he _____ _____ _____ _____ five big companies.
52. 当心不要跌倒。
Be careful not to _____ _____.
53. 她给自己扎好绷带，为的是不要失血过多。
She bandaged herself _____ _____ she would not lose too much blood.
54. 为了挽救他的生命，医生不得不切除了他的左腿。
To save his life, the doctor had to _____ _____ his left leg.
55. 他正在用一把刀子把香蕉切碎。
He is _____ a knife _____ _____ up the bananas.
答案
第一部分
1 . C
【解析】
句意：我的零花钱用完了，因此我想找份兼职挣更多的钱。get out“离开；出去”；go out“出去；熄灭”；run out“用完；耗尽”；run away“逃离；逃跑”。由句意可知答案选 C。
2 . B
【解析】
decide to do sth. 意为“决定做某事”，是固定搭配。
3 . D
【解析】
句意：布莱克先生，你正变得越来越健康。请坚持跑步。根据 keep on doing sth. 可知选 D。
4 . D
【解析】
根据“我想切苹果”可知，符合题意的词是 knife。
5 . B
【解析】
too much 意为“太多”，后跟不可数名词；too many 意为“太多”，后跟名词复数；much too 意为“太……”，后跟形容词或副词。junk food 为不可数名词。
6 . D
【解析】
be used to doing sth. 意为“习惯于做某事”。
7 . A
【解析】
句意：——埃拉的胳膊在农场的一场事故中被切断了。——听到这个消息我感到很难过。A 项意为“切断”；B 项意为“关闭”；C 项意为“下车”；D 项意为“脱下；起飞”。
8 . C
【解析】
分析语境可知，这是妈妈和孩子的对话，妈妈鼓励孩子要相信自己，故 yourself 符合语境。
9 . A
【解析】
考查定语从句。句意：——你认识电视上戴眼镜的那位老人吗？——当然。他是钟南山。定语从句的先行词为 the old man，指人，关系词在从句中充当主语，应用关系代词 who。
10 . B
【解析】
句意：我哥哥经常放弃他的空闲时间来帮我学习英语口语。give up 意为“放弃”；put up 意为“举起；张贴”；open up 意为“打开；开业”；tidy up 意为“整理”。根据句意可知答案选 B。
11 . C
【解析】
句意：李磊和他的表弟在端午节的时候自己做了一些粽子。这里指他们自己做，因此应该用反身代词；by oneself“靠自己……”，是固定搭配。
12 . D
【解析】
考查名词辨析。句意：——妈妈，当我长大后必须像你一样做一名老师吗？——不，你不必。你可以自己做决定。difference 区别；discussion 讨论；discovery 发现；decision 决定。make one's own decision“自己做决定”，为固定短语。故选 D。
13 . D
【解析】
句意：许多学生直到面对体育中考时才意识到锻炼的重要性。A 项意为“决定”；B 项意为“独立”；C 项意为“精神”；D 项意为“重要性”。根据句意可知 D 项正确。
14 . C
【解析】
句意：他们什么时候将走出森林？很难说。get out“泄露；出版”；get off“下车”；get out of“离开；从……出来”；get on“进行；相处”。分析句意，此处表示的是“他们何时会走出森林”,空后有 the forest。
15 . B
【解析】
句意：——我不在乎人们怎么想。——嗯，你应该在乎。有些观点值得权衡。根据“Some opinions are worth weighing.”可知应该考虑一下别人的想法，should 表示“应该”。
第二部分
16 . knee
17 . hit
18 . rock
19 . blood
20 . control
21 . situations
22 . nurses
【解析】
根据句中的 two 可知名词 nurse 要用复数形式。
23 . knives
【解析】
these 后跟复数名词，knife 的复数是 knives。
24 . death
【解析】
句意：这个登山者的死亡使他的妈妈悲伤和沮丧。根据前面的名词所有格可知此处用名词 death。
25 . means
【解析】
主语 Rita 是第三人称单数，动词用 means。
26 . hurt
27 . kilos
28 . to go
【解析】
plan to do sth. 意为“计划做某事”，是固定用法。
29 . fell
【解析】
根据后面的 and died 可知，此处要用一般过去时，故动词用 fell。
30 . deaths
【解析】
句意：他们的死亡使所有的中国人都很悲伤。根据前面的形容词性物主代词 Their 及复数谓语可知用复数名词 deaths。
31 . kids
【解析】
根据后面的 adults 可知此处用复数名词 kids。
32 . problem
【解析】
句意：在夏季，游泳安全成为一个大问题。由句意可知此处填写名词 problem。
33 . keep
【解析】
keep fit 意为“保持健康”，是固定用法。
34 . advice
【解析】
advice 是不可数名词，故没有复数形式。
35 . yourself
【解析】
句意：你也不能自己一个人去游泳。主语是 you，故反身代词用 yourself。
36 . with
【解析】
句意：你最好和你的朋友或家人一起去。with sb. 意为“和某人一起”。
37 . swimming
【解析】
句意：而且，你在游泳时还必须要照顾你的朋友。此处用 swimming，注意双写辅音字母 m。
38 . tired
【解析】
此处指的是“你和你的搭档”会感到疲劳，主语是人，要用 tired。
第三部分
39 . move
【解析】
句意：我头疼，不能扭动脖子。此处需要用动词，move 意为“移动；挪动”，符合句意。
40 . fever
【解析】
由语境可知说话者不认为莉萨是发烧了，have a fever 意为“发烧”。
41 . from
【解析】
句意：你需要休息，远离电脑。away from 意为“远离；离开”。
42 . same
【解析】
句意：好的，我想我是同一个姿势坐着不动太久了。the same way 意为“相同的方式”。
43 . doctor
【解析】
see a doctor 意为“看医生”，符合语境。
第四部分
44 . named
45 . because, of
46 . on, his, own
47 . so, that
48 . in, order, to
第五部分
49 . makes, decisions
50 . take, risks
51 . is, in, control, of
52 . fall, down
53 . so, that
54 . cut, off
55 . using, to, cut
第1页（共1 页）人教版八下英语 Unit4 Why don_t you talk to ... A基础
一、单项选择（共16小题；共32分）
1. It was great in the end _____ we had a terrible time at the beginning.
A.if B.unless C.when D.although
2. My teacher doesn't allow us _____ in the classroom.
A.eating B.to eat C.ate
3. —I feel _____, when I talk with strangers.
—Don't be afraid. He is kind and friendly.
A.crazy B.angry C.bored D.nervous
4. —What's _____ with him
—He had a bad cough.
A.wrong B.matter C.trouble D.ill
5. —Why not go out for dinner My treat this time.
—_____. But I'm busy preparing for an interview.
A.Not at all B.In your dreams
C.Sounds great D.Don't mention it
6. The little girl _____ her seat to an old man on the bus.
A.provided B.brought C.offered D.lent
7. —I'm going to add some tomato sauce to the salad, if you don't _____.
—Not at all. Go ahead.
A.care B.agree C.mind D.insist
8. 选出可以替换划线部分内容的一项。
My classmates and I get on well with each other and we love the big family.
A.are ready to help B.are friendly with
C.like to talk with D.love to play with
9. —Thank you very much for your advice.
—Not at all. Hope things _____.
A.find out B.look out C.work out D.try out
10. You shouldn't _____ with the little boy, although he broke your schoolbag.
A.carry B.argue C.guess D.explain
11. —Did you call Michael back
—I didn't need to, _____ I'll see him tomorrow.
A.unless B.because C.when D.though
12. —I think I am the shyest in my class. What should I do
—Be more active in class _____ you can improve your ability to express yourself.
A.so that B.unless C.or D.although
13. —The young are always busy checking their mobile phones while getting together.
—So it is. They should put down phones and have more talks _____.
A.still B.too C.either D.instead
14. US scientist Edward T. Hall said that in a conversation between two people, 65% of is done through body language.
A.application B.pronunciation C.introduction D.communication
15. we can't leave here until our teacher _____.
A.will arrive B.arrives C.arrived
16. She _____ her notes before the examination.
A.looked at B.looked out
C.looked through
二、阅读理解-阅读选择（共1小题；共10分）
A: Hello, Maria! _____17_____ What's wrong with you
B: _____18_____ I'm worried about how to tell my parents the result; they must be disappointed (失望的) and unhappy.
A: Don't worry! Even though your parents are strict with you, they love you very much.
B: _____19_____ But what shall I do
A: First, please dry your tears. Then our classmates and I can help you with your subjects.
B: Thank you! _____20_____
A: _____21_____
17. A.You are right. B.I did badly in the exam.
C.You're welcome! D.That's very nice of you.
E.Why are you crying
18. A.You are right. B.I did badly in the exam.
C.You're welcome! D.That's very nice of you.
E.Why are you crying
19. A.You are right. B.I did badly in the exam.
C.You're welcome! D.That's very nice of you.
E.Why are you crying
20. A.You are right. B.I did badly in the exam.
C.You're welcome! D.That's very nice of you.
E.Why are you crying
21. A.You are right. B.I did badly in the exam.
C.You're welcome! D.That's very nice of you.
E.Why are you crying
三、句子填空（共11小题；共40分）
22. If you don't know the meaning of the word, just try to g_____ it.
23. Firstly, I don't have enough money. _____ (second), I don't have free time.
24. Your answer is not right. It's w_____.
25. I didn't agree with him, so I a_____ with him last night.
26. Mr. Brown was ill so I went i_____.
27. I can't see any _____ (relate) between the two problems.
28. Look at the _____ (cloudy) in the sky; its shape looks like a horse.
29. She has an _____ (old) brother; he wants to be a person like Zhong Nanshan.
30. WeChat is an effective way of _____ (communicate) now.
31. I can't go out with you because my mother doesn't a_____ me to go out.
who, forget, always, care, you, friend, up, secret, trust, need
As a saying goes, "A friend in need is a friend indeed." Friendship is one of the best things in our life. A true friend is _____32_____ by our side and gives us his or her help and comfort when we _____33_____ them.
It's not easy for everyone to make a true friend in the daily life. Be _____34_____ to choose a friend. We should choose someone _____35_____ has a good character (性格). We should also avoid those people who aren't honest. If you hope that _____36_____ friendship can last for a long time, please choose a good friend at first.
We all know that friendship is very precious (珍贵的). A true friend can always be _____37_____ and respected. If you tell a friend your _____38_____, he or she won't tell anyone else. Good _____39_____ always help each other when they are in trouble and cheer each other _____40_____ when they are sad.
In a word, don't _____41_____ him or her when you have made a good friend! Let's value our precious friendship.
32. _____
33. _____
34. _____
35. _____
36. _____
37. _____
38. _____
39. _____
40. _____
41. _____
四、句型运用（共4小题；共8分）
42. Everyone needs to communicate with others. (改为一般疑问句)
_____ everyone _____ to communicate with others
43. You should talk to your friend. He can say he's sorry. (合并为一句)
You should talk to your friend _____ _____ he can say he's sorry.
44. Why don't you buy a present for your mother (改为同义句)
_____ _____ buy a present for your mother
45. What's the trouble with the young woman (改为同义句)
_____ _____ with the young woman
五、完成句子（共7小题；共14分）
46. 我希望你能解决这个问题。
I hope you can _____ _____ the problem.
47. 周末我经常和朋友闲逛。
I often _____ _____ with my friends on weekends.
48. 那个男孩直到妈妈回来才上床睡觉。
The boy _____ _____ to bed _____ his mother came back.
49. 我弟弟拒绝和我一起玩，所以我很生气。
My younger brother _____ _____ _____ with me, so I was angry.
50. 昨天我哥哥和托尼打了一架。
Yesterday my brother _____ _____ _____ with Tony.
51. 我妈妈现在正在浏览报纸。
My mother is _____ _____ the newspaper at the moment.
52. 我妈妈允许我做我喜欢的事情。
My mother allows _____ _____ _____ the things _____ _____.
六、词组互译（共1小题；共10分）
翻译语篇中划线句子
You may meet many people in your life. 1. But Mom and Dad are two of the most important people in your life. Over your lifetime (一生), they may influence (影响) you more than anyone else you will meet. Mom and Dad need to care for you every day, so you should always love them. 2. 你也应该好好和他们相处。But some children don't know how to do this. Here are some ways to help you.
Spend more time with your parents. 3. 不要一个人玩电脑游戏或看电视。Ask your mom and dad to play with you. Go outside together, or do some reading.
Be kind. Little things might mean a lot to your mom or dad. You can give your parents a happy day with a card or a joke. 4. They will also be glad when you offer to clean up your room.
Do your best at whatever you do. You don't have to be the best, but when you do your best, you make your parents proud (骄傲的). 5. It makes them happy to see you are turning into a good kid. Why Because it makes them know you are doing a good job.
53. _____
54. _____
55. _____
56. _____
57. _____
答案
第一部分
1 . D
【解析】
句意：虽然一开始我们玩得不愉快，但最后却玩得很好。由句意可知此处是 although 引导的让步状语从句。
2 . B
【解析】
考查非谓语动词。句意：我的老师不允许我们在教室内吃东西。allow sb. to do sth. 允许某人做某事。
3 . D
【解析】
句意：——当和陌生人说话时我感觉紧张。——别害怕。他很友善。crazy 意为“疯狂的”；angry 意为“生气的”；bored 意为“烦闷的”；nervous 意为“紧张的”。根据答语可知 D 项符合题意。
4 . A
【解析】
句意：——他怎么了？——他咳嗽得很厉害。分析句意，表示“他怎么了？”可用 What's wrong/ the matter/ the trouble with him ，结合所给选项可知答案选 A。
5 . C
【解析】
句意：——为什么不出去吃晚餐呢？这次我请客。——听起来很棒。但是我正忙着准备面试呢。A 项“一点也不”；B 项“做梦去吧”；C 项“听上去很棒”；D 项“不客气”。根据 But 表示转折可知，设空处表示赞成对方的建议。
6 . C
【解析】
句意：这个小女孩在公交车上主动把她的座位给了一个老人。“提供某物给某人”可表达为 provide sth. for sb. 或 offer sth. to sb.
7 . C
【解析】
句意：——如果你不介意的话，我打算在色拉里加入番茄酱。——不介意。加吧。care 意为“关心；关怀”；agree 意为“同意”；mind 意为“介意”；insist 意为“坚持”。由句意可知选 C。
8 . B
【解析】
句意：我和我的同学们彼此相处得很好，我们爱这个大家庭。其中的 get on well with sb. 意为“与某人相处得很好”。be friendly with sb. 意为“与某人友好相处”。
9 . C
【解析】
句意：——非常感谢你的建议。——不用谢。希望一切顺利。A 项意为“发现；找出”；B 项意为“小心”；C 项意为“解决；进展顺利”；D 项意为“尝试”。
10 . B
【解析】
句意：你不应该与这个小男孩争吵，尽管他弄坏了你的书包。argue with sb. 意为“和某人争吵；与某人争论”。
11 . B
【解析】
本题考查连词的用法。根据本题语境可知，我不必给迈克尔回电话，“因为”我明天将会见到他，because 意为“因为”，表示因果关系，符合本题语境。
12 . A
【解析】
so that“以便”，引导目的状语从句；unless“除非”，引导条件状语从句；or“或者”；although“尽管”，引导让步状语从句。分析句子可知，此处表示“在课堂上更活跃些，以便你可以提高你的自我表达能力”。
13 . D
【解析】
句意：——年轻人聚在一起总是忙着看手机。——确实如此。他们应该放下电话，多说说话。still 还，仍然；too 也（用于肯定句）；either 也（用于否定句）；instead 代替，而不是。根据句意可知选 D。
14 . D
【解析】
此题考查的是名词的辨析。句意：美国科学家Edward T. Hall说，在两个人的对话中，65%的交流是通过肢体语言完成的。application 应用，名词；pronunciation 发音，名词；introduction 介绍，名词；communication 交流，名词。根据后面的body language可推知指的是人与人之间的交流。
因此，正确答案是D。
15 . B
【解析】
句意：直到我们的老师来了我们才能离开这里。not...until 意为“直到……才”，由主句可知此处用一般现在时。
16 . C
【解析】
句意：她在考试前快速查看了一下她的笔记。look at 意为“看”；look out 意为“小心”；look through 意为“快速查看；浏览”。
第二部分
17 . E
【解析】
根据后一句“你怎么了？”可知 E 项符合语境。
18 . B
【解析】
由后一句可知是因为自己考试考砸了，才担心父母知道结果后会很失望，故答案选 B。
19 . A
【解析】
联系上下文可知玛丽亚听了对方说的话，认为对方说得很对，故答案选 A。
20 . D
【解析】
当对方提出要帮助自己时，应该说“你真好”，故答案选 D。
21 . C
【解析】
回应别人的感谢常用“You're welcome!”。
第三部分
22 . uess/guess
【解析】
句意：如果你不知道这个词的意思，你可以尽力猜测一下。guess 猜测。
因此，正确答案是guess。
23 . Secondly
【解析】
句意：首先，我没有足够的钱，第二，我没有空余的时间。secondly 其次；第二。
因此，正确答案是secondly。
24 . wrong/ rong
25 . argued/ rgued
26 . instead/ nstead
27 . relation/ relations
【解析】
句意：我看不出这两个问题之间的任何联系。此处缺少的是名词。
28 . cloud
【解析】
句意：看天空中的那朵云，它的形状看起来像一匹马。根据前面的冠词 the 以及后面的 its 可知此处填写名词 cloud。
29 . elder
【解析】
此处 elder brother 指“兄长；哥哥”，elder 意为“年长的”。
munication
【解析】
句意：现在微信是一种有效的沟通方式。此处 communication 意为“沟通；交流”。
31 . allow/ llow
32 . always
【解析】
结合语境可知此处表示“一个真正的朋友总是在我们身边”。
33 . need
【解析】
句意：当我们需要朋友时，一个真正的朋友总是在我们左右，给予我们帮助和安慰。由句意可知填 need。
34 . careful
【解析】
句意：选择朋友要谨慎。结合句意可知选 care；句中缺少形容词作表语。
35 . who
【解析】
此处为定语从句，先行词 someone 指人，关系词在从句中作主语。
36 . your
【解析】
句意：如果你希望你的友谊持续很长时间，请首先选择一个好朋友。名词 friendship 前面缺少形容词性物主代词。
37 . trusted
【解析】
句意：一个真正的朋友总是能够被相信、被尊重。结合句意可知填 trust；分析句子结构可知应用被动语态。
38 . secrets
【解析】
句意：如果你告诉一个朋友你的秘密，他或者她将不会告诉其他人。结合句意可知填 secrets。
39 . friends
【解析】
此处表示“当好朋友陷入困境时，他们总是互相帮助”。根据句中的代词 they 可知，friend 应变为复数形式 friends。
40 . up
【解析】
cheer up 为固定搭配，意为“使……开心起来”。
41 . forget
【解析】
句意：总之，当你交了一个好朋友，不要忘记他或者她！
第四部分
42 . Does, need
43 . so, that
44 . Why, not
45 . What's, wrong
第五部分
46 . work, out
【解析】
work out 解决
47 . hang, out
【解析】
这句话是一般现在时，主语为I，所以用动词原形。hang out 闲逛
48 . didn't, go, until
【解析】
由came back可以知道用过去时，not...until 直到...才
49 . refused, to, play
50 . had, a, fight
51 . looking , through
52 . me, to, do, I, like/ love
第六部分
53 . 但是妈妈和爸爸是你生命中最重要的两个人。
【解析】
but 但是，表示转折关系；主语为 Mom and Dad 妈妈和爸爸。
54 . You should also get along well with them./ You should also get on well with them.
【解析】
get along/ on well with…意为“与……相处很好”。
55 . Don't play computer games or watch TV by yourself/ Don't play computer games or watch TV alone.
【解析】
此处是祈使句的否定形式；玩电脑游戏 play computer games；一个人 by yourself/ alone。
56 . 当你主动打扫你的房间时，他们也会很高兴。
【解析】
offer to do sth. 主动做某事。
57 . 看到你正变成一个好孩子让他们很高兴。
【解析】
句子中 It 是形式主语，真正的主语是动词不定式 to see you are turning into a good kid。
第1页（共1 页）

展开更多......

收起↑